Sie sind auf Seite 1von 864

CLI REFERENCE GUIDE R8.

4
Technicolor TG582n

CLI REFERENCE GUIDE R8.4


Technicolor TG582n

Copyright
Copyright 1999-2011 Technicolor. All rights reserved. Distribution and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor. The content of this document is furnished for informational use only, may be subject to change without notice, and should not be construed as a commitment by Technicolor. Technicolor assumes no responsibility or liability for any errors or inaccuracies that may appear in this document. THOMSON Telecom Belgium Prins Boudewijnlaan, 47 B-2650 Edegem Belgium www.technicolor.com

Trademarks
The following trademarks are used in this document: < DECT is a trademark of ETSI. < Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. < Ethernet is a trademark of Xerox Corporation. < Wi-Fi, WMM and the Wi-Fi logo are registered trademarks of the Wi-Fi Alliance. Wi-Fi CERTIFIED, Wi-Fi ZONE, Wi-Fi Protected Access, Wi-Fi Multimedia, Wi-Fi Protected Setup, WPA, WPA2 and their respective logos are trademarks of the Wi-Fi Alliance. < UPnP is a certification mark of the UPnP Implementers Corporation. < DLNA is a registered trademark, DLNA disc logo is a service mark, and DLNA Certified is a trademark of the Digital Living Network Alliance. Digital Living Network Alliance is a service mark of the Digital Living Network Alliance. < Microsoft, MS-DOS, Windows, Windows NT and Windows Vista are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. < Apple and Mac OS are registered trademarks of Apple Computer, Incorporated, registered in the United States and other countries. < UNIX is a registered trademark of UNIX System Laboratories, Incorporated. < Adobe, the Adobe logo, Acrobat and Acrobat Reader are trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe Systems, Incorporated, registered in the United States and/or other countries. Other brands and product names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders. All other logos, trademarks and service marks are the property of their respective owners, where marked or not.

Document Information
Status: v1.0 Reference: DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 Short Title: CLI Reference Guide TG582n (SWv8.44E)

CONTENTS

Contents
atm Commands.............................................................................................................21
atm atm atm atm atm atm atm atm atm atm atm atm atm atm atm atm atm atm atm atm atm atm atm atm atm atm atm atm atm atm atm atm atm atm atm atm atm atm cac config....................................................................................................................................................................................... 23 cac list.............................................................................................................................................................................................24 cac overbooking............................................................................................................................................................................25 debug aal5stats..............................................................................................................................................................................26 debug gstats.................................................................................................................................................................................. 27 debug portstats............................................................................................................................................................................. 28 debug traceconfig.........................................................................................................................................................................29 debug vcstats................................................................................................................................................................................ 30 flush................................................................................................................................................................................................. 31 ifattach............................................................................................................................................................................................ 32 ifconfig............................................................................................................................................................................................ 33 ifdetach...........................................................................................................................................................................................34 iflist.................................................................................................................................................................................................. 35 oam cc list......................................................................................................................................................................................36 oam cc modify...............................................................................................................................................................................37 oam cc send.................................................................................................................................................................................. 38 oam config..................................................................................................................................................................................... 39 oam list...........................................................................................................................................................................................40 oam modify.................................................................................................................................................................................... 41 oam ping........................................................................................................................................................................................ 42 oam vclb add.................................................................................................................................................................................43 oam vclb del..................................................................................................................................................................................44 oam vclb list.................................................................................................................................................................................. 45 phonebook add.............................................................................................................................................................................46 phonebook delete.........................................................................................................................................................................47 phonebook flush........................................................................................................................................................................... 48 phonebook list...............................................................................................................................................................................49 qosbook add..................................................................................................................................................................................50 qosbook config.............................................................................................................................................................................. 51 qosbook ctdadd............................................................................................................................................................................ 52 qosbook ctddelete........................................................................................................................................................................ 53 qosbook ctdlist.............................................................................................................................................................................. 54 qosbook delete..............................................................................................................................................................................55 qosbook flush................................................................................................................................................................................ 56 qosbook list.................................................................................................................................................................................... 57 qos list............................................................................................................................................................................................ 58 qos queue config.......................................................................................................................................................................... 59 qos queue list................................................................................................................................................................................60

config Commands.........................................................................................................61
config config config config config delete..........................................................................................................................................................................................62 dump...........................................................................................................................................................................................63 flush............................................................................................................................................................................................ 64 list................................................................................................................................................................................................65 load............................................................................................................................................................................................. 66

connection Commands.................................................................................................67
connection appconfig...........................................................................................................................................................................69 connection appinfo...............................................................................................................................................................................70 connection applist..................................................................................................................................................................................71

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CONTENTS

connection connection connection connection connection connection connection connection connection connection connection connection connection connection connection connection connection connection connection connection connection connection connection connection connection

bind.....................................................................................................................................................................................72 bindblacklist add............................................................................................................................................................... 73 bindblacklist delete...........................................................................................................................................................74 bindblacklist list.................................................................................................................................................................75 bindlist................................................................................................................................................................................ 76 clean....................................................................................................................................................................................77 clear.................................................................................................................................................................................... 78 debug................................................................................................................................................................................. 79 describe............................................................................................................................................................................. 80 flow add..............................................................................................................................................................................81 flow delete.........................................................................................................................................................................82 flow flush............................................................................................................................................................................83 flow list...............................................................................................................................................................................84 flow qoslabeladd...............................................................................................................................................................85 flow qoslabeldel................................................................................................................................................................86 flush.................................................................................................................................................................................... 87 info..................................................................................................................................................................................... 88 list....................................................................................................................................................................................... 89 refresh.................................................................................................................................................................................91 release................................................................................................................................................................................ 92 reserve................................................................................................................................................................................ 93 stats.................................................................................................................................................................................... 94 timerclear........................................................................................................................................................................... 95 timerconfig........................................................................................................................................................................ 96 unbind................................................................................................................................................................................ 97

contentsharing Commands.......................................................................................... 99
contentsharing cifs list........................................................................................................................................................................100 contentsharing ftp config................................................................................................................................................................... 101 contentsharing ftp list.........................................................................................................................................................................102 contentsharing upnpav config...........................................................................................................................................................103 contentsharing upnpav list.................................................................................................................................................................104 contentsharing upnpav radiostation config..................................................................................................................................... 105 contentsharing upnpav radiostation list........................................................................................................................................... 106 contentsharing upnpav radiostation station add.............................................................................................................................107 contentsharing upnpav radiostation station delete........................................................................................................................ 108 contentsharing upnpav radiostation station list.............................................................................................................................. 109

cwmp Commands........................................................................................................ 111


cwmp debug traceconfig.................................................................................................................................................................... 112 cwmp server config..............................................................................................................................................................................113

dhcp Commands..........................................................................................................115
dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp client debug clear...................................................................................................................................................................... 118 client debug stats.......................................................................................................................................................................119 client debug traceconfig.......................................................................................................................................................... 120 client flush................................................................................................................................................................................... 121 client ifattach..............................................................................................................................................................................122 client ifconfig..............................................................................................................................................................................123 client ifdelete..............................................................................................................................................................................124 client ifdetach.............................................................................................................................................................................125 client iflist....................................................................................................................................................................................126 client ifrenew.............................................................................................................................................................................. 127 client rqoptions add.................................................................................................................................................................. 128 client rqoptions delete..............................................................................................................................................................129

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CONTENTS

dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp

client rqoptions list....................................................................................................................................................................130 client rqoptions optionlist......................................................................................................................................................... 131 client txoptions add...................................................................................................................................................................132 client txoptions delete.............................................................................................................................................................. 134 client txoptions list.....................................................................................................................................................................135 client txoptions optionlist......................................................................................................................................................... 136 relay add..................................................................................................................................................................................... 137 relay config.................................................................................................................................................................................138 relay debug stats....................................................................................................................................................................... 139 relay debug traceconfig........................................................................................................................................................... 140 relay delete................................................................................................................................................................................. 141 relay flush................................................................................................................................................................................... 142 relay ifconfig...............................................................................................................................................................................143 relay iflist.................................................................................................................................................................................... 144 relay list.......................................................................................................................................................................................145 relay modify............................................................................................................................................................................... 146 relay ruleadd...............................................................................................................................................................................147 relay ruledelete.......................................................................................................................................................................... 148 rule add.......................................................................................................................................................................................149 rule debug traceconfig..............................................................................................................................................................151 rule delete...................................................................................................................................................................................152 rule flush..................................................................................................................................................................................... 153 rule list.........................................................................................................................................................................................154 server config...............................................................................................................................................................................155 server debug clear.....................................................................................................................................................................156 server debug stats..................................................................................................................................................................... 157 server debug traceconfig......................................................................................................................................................... 158 server flush................................................................................................................................................................................. 159 server lease add........................................................................................................................................................................ 160 server lease delete..................................................................................................................................................................... 161 server lease flush....................................................................................................................................................................... 162 server lease list...........................................................................................................................................................................163 server option flush.................................................................................................................................................................... 164 server option instadd................................................................................................................................................................ 165 server option instdelete............................................................................................................................................................166 server option instlist.................................................................................................................................................................. 167 server option ruleadd................................................................................................................................................................168 server option ruledelete........................................................................................................................................................... 169 server option tmpladd.............................................................................................................................................................. 170 server option tmpldelete...........................................................................................................................................................171 server option tmpllist................................................................................................................................................................ 172 server policy................................................................................................................................................................................173 server pool add..........................................................................................................................................................................174 server pool config......................................................................................................................................................................175 server pool delete......................................................................................................................................................................177 server pool flush........................................................................................................................................................................ 178 server pool list............................................................................................................................................................................179 server pool optadd................................................................................................................................................................... 180 server pool optdelete................................................................................................................................................................ 181 server pool rtadd....................................................................................................................................................................... 182 server pool rtdelete...................................................................................................................................................................183 server pool ruleadd................................................................................................................................................................... 184 server pool ruledelete...............................................................................................................................................................185 spoofing add..............................................................................................................................................................................186 spoofing attach.......................................................................................................................................................................... 187

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CONTENTS

dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp dhcp

spoofing config..........................................................................................................................................................................188 spoofing debug traceconfig.................................................................................................................................................... 189 spoofing delete..........................................................................................................................................................................190 spoofing detach......................................................................................................................................................................... 191 spoofing flush.............................................................................................................................................................................192 spoofing list................................................................................................................................................................................ 193 spoofing option-add................................................................................................................................................................. 194 spoofing option-delete............................................................................................................................................................. 195

dns Commands............................................................................................................197
dns dns dns dns dns dns dns dns dns dns dns dns dns dns dns dns dns dns dns dns dns dns client config.................................................................................................................................................................................. 198 client dnsdelete............................................................................................................................................................................ 199 client dnslist................................................................................................................................................................................. 200 client flush.....................................................................................................................................................................................201 client nslookup............................................................................................................................................................................. 202 server config.................................................................................................................................................................................203 server debug clear.......................................................................................................................................................................204 server debug spoof clear........................................................................................................................................................... 205 server debug spoof getaddress.................................................................................................................................................206 server debug spoof getflags...................................................................................................................................................... 207 server debug spoof list...............................................................................................................................................................208 server debug spoof update....................................................................................................................................................... 209 server debug stats........................................................................................................................................................................210 server flush.....................................................................................................................................................................................211 server host add............................................................................................................................................................................. 212 server host delete.........................................................................................................................................................................213 server host flush........................................................................................................................................................................... 214 server host list...............................................................................................................................................................................215 server route add........................................................................................................................................................................... 216 server route delete....................................................................................................................................................................... 217 server route flush......................................................................................................................................................................... 218 server route list.............................................................................................................................................................................219

dsd Commands............................................................................................................221
dsd debug config................................................................................................................................................................................ 223 dsd debug connection list................................................................................................................................................................. 224 dsd debug proxy................................................................................................................................................................................. 225 dsd debug recycling........................................................................................................................................................................... 226 dsd debug stats................................................................................................................................................................................... 227 dsd intercept config............................................................................................................................................................................228 dsd syslog config................................................................................................................................................................................ 229 dsd syslog list.......................................................................................................................................................................................230 dsd urlfilter config............................................................................................................................................................................... 231 dsd urlfilter rule add........................................................................................................................................................................... 232 dsd urlfilter rule delete....................................................................................................................................................................... 233 dsd urlfilter rule flush..........................................................................................................................................................................234 dsd urlfilter rule list............................................................................................................................................................................. 235 dsd urlfilter rule modify......................................................................................................................................................................236 dsd webfilter cache flush....................................................................................................................................................................237 dsd webfilter cache stats....................................................................................................................................................................238 dsd webfilter config............................................................................................................................................................................ 239 dsd webfilter list..................................................................................................................................................................................240 dsd webfilter professional category add.......................................................................................................................................... 241 dsd webfilter professional category create......................................................................................................................................242 dsd webfilter professional category delete......................................................................................................................................243 dsd webfilter professional category flush........................................................................................................................................ 244

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CONTENTS

dsd webfilter professional category list............................................................................................................................................245 dsd webfilter professional category remove................................................................................................................................... 246 dsd webfilter professional config...................................................................................................................................................... 247 dsd webfilter professional level add.................................................................................................................................................248 dsd webfilter professional level delete.............................................................................................................................................249 dsd webfilter professional level flush............................................................................................................................................... 250 dsd webfilter professional level list................................................................................................................................................... 251 dsd webfilter professional level modify............................................................................................................................................252 dsd webfilter professional level set...................................................................................................................................................253 dsd webfilter professional rule clear.................................................................................................................................................254 dsd webfilter professional rule list.................................................................................................................................................... 255 dsd webfilter professional rule modify.............................................................................................................................................256 dsd webfilter server add.....................................................................................................................................................................257 dsd webfilter server config................................................................................................................................................................ 258 dsd webfilter server delete................................................................................................................................................................ 259 dsd webfilter server flush...................................................................................................................................................................260 dsd webfilter server list.......................................................................................................................................................................261 dsd webfilter server modify............................................................................................................................................................... 262 dsd webfilter standard category add................................................................................................................................................263 dsd webfilter standard category create........................................................................................................................................... 264 dsd webfilter standard category delete........................................................................................................................................... 265 dsd webfilter standard category flush..............................................................................................................................................266 dsd webfilter standard category list................................................................................................................................................. 267 dsd webfilter standard category remove.........................................................................................................................................268 dsd webfilter standard config............................................................................................................................................................269 dsd webfilter standard level add.......................................................................................................................................................270 dsd webfilter standard level delete................................................................................................................................................... 271 dsd webfilter standard level flush..................................................................................................................................................... 272 dsd webfilter standard level list.........................................................................................................................................................273 dsd webfilter standard level modify................................................................................................................................................. 274 dsd webfilter standard level set.........................................................................................................................................................275 dsd webfilter standard rule clear.......................................................................................................................................................276 dsd webfilter standard rule list.......................................................................................................................................................... 277 dsd webfilter standard rule modify...................................................................................................................................................278

dyndns Commands..................................................................................................... 279


dyndns dyndns dyndns dyndns dyndns dyndns dyndns dyndns dyndns dyndns delete......................................................................................................................................................................................280 flush......................................................................................................................................................................................... 281 host add..................................................................................................................................................................................282 host delete..............................................................................................................................................................................283 host flush................................................................................................................................................................................284 host list................................................................................................................................................................................... 285 list............................................................................................................................................................................................ 286 modify..................................................................................................................................................................................... 287 service list...............................................................................................................................................................................288 service modify....................................................................................................................................................................... 289

env Commands........................................................................................................... 291


env env env env flush............................................................................................................................................................................................... 292 get..................................................................................................................................................................................................293 list...................................................................................................................................................................................................294 unset.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 295

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CONTENTS

eth Commands............................................................................................................297
eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth bridge add.....................................................................................................................................................................................302 bridge clear................................................................................................................................................................................... 303 bridge config................................................................................................................................................................................ 304 bridge delete................................................................................................................................................................................ 305 bridge dynvlan actlist.................................................................................................................................................................. 306 bridge dynvlan add......................................................................................................................................................................307 bridge dynvlan config................................................................................................................................................................. 308 bridge dynvlan delete................................................................................................................................................................. 309 bridge dynvlan flush.....................................................................................................................................................................310 bridge dynvlan list.........................................................................................................................................................................311 bridge filter add............................................................................................................................................................................ 312 bridge filter attach........................................................................................................................................................................ 313 bridge filter config........................................................................................................................................................................314 bridge filter delete........................................................................................................................................................................315 bridge filter detach.......................................................................................................................................................................316 bridge filter forwarding................................................................................................................................................................ 317 bridge filter fwdintfadd................................................................................................................................................................318 bridge filter fwdintfdel................................................................................................................................................................. 319 bridge filter ifadd......................................................................................................................................................................... 320 bridge filter ifdel........................................................................................................................................................................... 321 bridge filter list..............................................................................................................................................................................322 bridge flush................................................................................................................................................................................... 323 bridge ifadd...................................................................................................................................................................................324 bridge ifattach...............................................................................................................................................................................325 bridge ifconfig.............................................................................................................................................................................. 326 bridge ifdelete.............................................................................................................................................................................. 328 bridge ifdetach............................................................................................................................................................................. 329 bridge ifflush.................................................................................................................................................................................330 bridge iflist..................................................................................................................................................................................... 331 bridge igmpsnooping clear......................................................................................................................................................... 332 bridge igmpsnooping config.......................................................................................................................................................333 bridge igmpsnooping ifconfig.................................................................................................................................................... 334 bridge igmpsnooping iflist.......................................................................................................................................................... 335 bridge igmpsnooping list............................................................................................................................................................ 336 bridge ippriomap.......................................................................................................................................................................... 337 bridge ippriomapreset................................................................................................................................................................. 338 bridge list.......................................................................................................................................................................................339 bridge macadd............................................................................................................................................................................. 340 bridge macdelete..........................................................................................................................................................................341 bridge maclist............................................................................................................................................................................... 342 bridge rule add............................................................................................................................................................................. 343 bridge rule delete........................................................................................................................................................................ 344 bridge rule flush........................................................................................................................................................................... 345 bridge rule list...............................................................................................................................................................................346 bridge select..................................................................................................................................................................................347 bridge unknownvlan ifadd.......................................................................................................................................................... 348 bridge unknownvlan ifconfig...................................................................................................................................................... 349 bridge unknownvlan ifdelete...................................................................................................................................................... 350 bridge unknownvlan iflist............................................................................................................................................................. 351 bridge vlan ifadd.......................................................................................................................................................................... 352 bridge vlan ifconfig...................................................................................................................................................................... 353 bridge vlan ifdelete......................................................................................................................................................................354 bridge vlan iflist............................................................................................................................................................................ 355 bridge xtratag add....................................................................................................................................................................... 356 bridge xtratag config................................................................................................................................................................... 357
DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

10

CONTENTS

eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth

bridge xtratag delete................................................................................................................................................................... 358 bridge xtratag flush......................................................................................................................................................................359 bridge xtratag list.........................................................................................................................................................................360 device ifautoneg........................................................................................................................................................................... 361 device ifconfig.............................................................................................................................................................................. 362 device iflist.................................................................................................................................................................................... 363 device ifrestart..............................................................................................................................................................................364 filter operand add........................................................................................................................................................................ 365 filter operand config....................................................................................................................................................................366 filter operand delete....................................................................................................................................................................368 filter operand flush.......................................................................................................................................................................369 filter operand frameclassadd...................................................................................................................................................... 370 filter operand frameclassdelete...................................................................................................................................................371 filter operand ipprotoadd............................................................................................................................................................372 filter operand ipprotodelete........................................................................................................................................................373 filter operand list.......................................................................................................................................................................... 374 filter operand priorityadd............................................................................................................................................................ 375 filter operand prioritydelete........................................................................................................................................................376 filter operand reset.......................................................................................................................................................................377 filter operand vidadd................................................................................................................................................................... 378 filter operand viddelete............................................................................................................................................................... 379 filter template add.......................................................................................................................................................................380 filter template config................................................................................................................................................................... 381 filter template delete................................................................................................................................................................... 382 filter template flush......................................................................................................................................................................383 filter template list......................................................................................................................................................................... 384 filter template ruleadd.................................................................................................................................................................385 filter template ruledel.................................................................................................................................................................. 386 filter template rulemodify........................................................................................................................................................... 387 filter template setpriority............................................................................................................................................................ 388 filter template setvid....................................................................................................................................................................389 flush................................................................................................................................................................................................390 ifattach............................................................................................................................................................................................391 ifconfig........................................................................................................................................................................................... 392 ifdelete........................................................................................................................................................................................... 393 ifdetach..........................................................................................................................................................................................394 iflist................................................................................................................................................................................................. 395 switch group delete..................................................................................................................................................................... 396 switch group flush........................................................................................................................................................................ 397 switch group list........................................................................................................................................................................... 398 switch group move...................................................................................................................................................................... 399 switch info.................................................................................................................................................................................... 400 switch mirror capture...................................................................................................................................................................401 switch mirror egress.....................................................................................................................................................................402 switch mirror ingress....................................................................................................................................................................403 switch qos config.........................................................................................................................................................................404 switch qos ifconfig.......................................................................................................................................................................405 switch qos list............................................................................................................................................................................... 406 switch qos weights.......................................................................................................................................................................407 switch shaper config................................................................................................................................................................... 408 switch shaper ifconfig................................................................................................................................................................. 409 switch shaper iflist........................................................................................................................................................................ 410 switch share add............................................................................................................................................................................411 switch share delete....................................................................................................................................................................... 412 switch share list............................................................................................................................................................................. 413

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

11

CONTENTS

eth eth eth eth eth eth eth eth

switch storm ifconfig....................................................................................................................................................................414 switch storm iflist..........................................................................................................................................................................415 vlan add......................................................................................................................................................................................... 416 vlan delete..................................................................................................................................................................................... 417 vlan flush........................................................................................................................................................................................418 vlan list........................................................................................................................................................................................... 419 vlan priomap config.................................................................................................................................................................... 420 vlan priomap list........................................................................................................................................................................... 421

expr Commands..........................................................................................................425
expr expr expr expr delete........................................................................................................................................................................................... 426 flush..............................................................................................................................................................................................427 list................................................................................................................................................................................................. 428 modify..........................................................................................................................................................................................429

firewall Commands..................................................................................................... 433


firewall firewall firewall firewall firewall firewall firewall firewall firewall firewall firewall firewall firewall firewall firewall firewall firewall firewall firewall firewall firewall firewall firewall chain add................................................................................................................................................................................ 434 chain delete............................................................................................................................................................................ 435 chain flush...............................................................................................................................................................................436 chain list.................................................................................................................................................................................. 437 clear......................................................................................................................................................................................... 438 debug clear.............................................................................................................................................................................439 debug stats............................................................................................................................................................................ 440 debug traceconfig..................................................................................................................................................................441 level add................................................................................................................................................................................. 442 level delete............................................................................................................................................................................. 443 level flush................................................................................................................................................................................444 level list................................................................................................................................................................................... 445 level modify............................................................................................................................................................................446 level set................................................................................................................................................................................... 447 list............................................................................................................................................................................................ 448 rule add...................................................................................................................................................................................449 rule debug clear..................................................................................................................................................................... 451 rule debug stats..................................................................................................................................................................... 452 rule debug traceconfig......................................................................................................................................................... 453 rule delete.............................................................................................................................................................................. 454 rule flush................................................................................................................................................................................. 455 rule list.....................................................................................................................................................................................456 rule modify............................................................................................................................................................................. 457

grp Commands........................................................................................................... 459


grp grp grp grp grp grp config............................................................................................................................................................................................ 460 flush................................................................................................................................................................................................461 rip config.......................................................................................................................................................................................462 rip flush......................................................................................................................................................................................... 463 rip ifconfig.................................................................................................................................................................................... 464 rip show.........................................................................................................................................................................................465

help Command........................................................................................................... 467 hostmgr Commands...................................................................................................469


hostmgr hostmgr hostmgr hostmgr add........................................................................................................................................................................................ 470 config.....................................................................................................................................................................................471 delete.................................................................................................................................................................................... 472 flush....................................................................................................................................................................................... 473
DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

12

CONTENTS

hostmgr list.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 474 hostmgr update................................................................................................................................................................................... 475

ids Commands............................................................................................................ 477


ids ids ids ids ids ids ids ids ids ids ids clear.................................................................................................................................................................................................478 parser list........................................................................................................................................................................................479 parser modify................................................................................................................................................................................480 pattern clear...................................................................................................................................................................................481 pattern list......................................................................................................................................................................................482 pattern stats...................................................................................................................................................................................483 signature list.................................................................................................................................................................................. 484 signature modify........................................................................................................................................................................... 485 threshold clear...............................................................................................................................................................................486 threshold list.................................................................................................................................................................................. 487 threshold modify...........................................................................................................................................................................488

igmp Commands........................................................................................................ 489


igmp igmp igmp igmp igmp igmp igmp igmp igmp igmp igmp igmp igmp igmp igmp host debug clear...................................................................................................................................................................... 490 host debug stats........................................................................................................................................................................491 host flush....................................................................................................................................................................................492 host ifconfig...............................................................................................................................................................................493 host iflist.....................................................................................................................................................................................494 host list.......................................................................................................................................................................................495 proxy config.............................................................................................................................................................................. 496 proxy debug clear.....................................................................................................................................................................497 proxy debug stats.....................................................................................................................................................................498 proxy debug traceconfig......................................................................................................................................................... 499 proxy flush.................................................................................................................................................................................500 proxy grouplist.......................................................................................................................................................................... 501 proxy ifconfig............................................................................................................................................................................ 502 proxy iflist.................................................................................................................................................................................. 503 proxy mbslist............................................................................................................................................................................. 504

ip Commands............................................................................................................. 505
ip ip ip ip ip ip ip ip ip ip ip ip ip ip ip ip ip ip ip ip arpadd.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 507 arpdelete..........................................................................................................................................................................................508 arplist................................................................................................................................................................................................509 auto debug traceconfig................................................................................................................................................................. 510 auto flush.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 511 auto ifadd.........................................................................................................................................................................................512 auto ifattach.....................................................................................................................................................................................513 auto ifconfig.................................................................................................................................................................................... 514 auto ifdelete.....................................................................................................................................................................................515 auto ifdetach................................................................................................................................................................................... 516 auto iflist...........................................................................................................................................................................................517 config................................................................................................................................................................................................518 debug httpprobe.............................................................................................................................................................................519 debug sendto..................................................................................................................................................................................520 debug stats.......................................................................................................................................................................................521 debug traceconfig.......................................................................................................................................................................... 522 flush.................................................................................................................................................................................................. 523 ifattach............................................................................................................................................................................................. 524 ifconfig............................................................................................................................................................................................. 525 ifdelete............................................................................................................................................................................................. 526

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

13

CONTENTS

ip ip ip ip ip ip ip ip ip ip ip ip ip ip ip

ifdetach.............................................................................................................................................................................................527 iflist................................................................................................................................................................................................... 528 ifwait................................................................................................................................................................................................. 529 ipadd................................................................................................................................................................................................ 530 ipconfig.............................................................................................................................................................................................531 ipdelete.............................................................................................................................................................................................532 iplist...................................................................................................................................................................................................533 mcast flush.......................................................................................................................................................................................534 mcast rtadd..................................................................................................................................................................................... 536 mcast rtdelete..................................................................................................................................................................................537 mcast rtlist....................................................................................................................................................................................... 538 rtadd................................................................................................................................................................................................. 539 rtconfig............................................................................................................................................................................................ 540 rtdelete............................................................................................................................................................................................. 541 rtlist................................................................................................................................................................................................... 542

ipqos Commands........................................................................................................ 543


ipqos ipqos ipqos ipqos ipqos ipqos ipqos ipqos ipqos ipqos ipqos ipqos ipqos ipqos ipqos ipqos ipqos ef config.................................................................................................................................................................................... 544 ef list.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 545 ef stats....................................................................................................................................................................................... 546 list................................................................................................................................................................................................547 meter add..................................................................................................................................................................................548 meter clear................................................................................................................................................................................ 549 meter config............................................................................................................................................................................. 550 meter delete.............................................................................................................................................................................. 551 meter flush................................................................................................................................................................................ 552 meter list....................................................................................................................................................................................553 meter start.................................................................................................................................................................................554 meter stats.................................................................................................................................................................................555 meter stop.................................................................................................................................................................................556 queue clear................................................................................................................................................................................557 queue config.............................................................................................................................................................................558 queue list...................................................................................................................................................................................560 queue stats.................................................................................................................................................................................561

label Commands......................................................................................................... 563


label label label label label label label label label label label label label label label label chain add.................................................................................................................................................................................... 564 chain delete................................................................................................................................................................................565 chain flush.................................................................................................................................................................................. 566 chain list...................................................................................................................................................................................... 567 delete.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 568 flush............................................................................................................................................................................................. 569 list.................................................................................................................................................................................................570 modify..........................................................................................................................................................................................571 rule add....................................................................................................................................................................................... 572 rule debug clear.........................................................................................................................................................................574 rule debug stats......................................................................................................................................................................... 575 rule debug traceconfig............................................................................................................................................................. 576 rule delete................................................................................................................................................................................... 577 rule flush..................................................................................................................................................................................... 578 rule list.........................................................................................................................................................................................579 rule modify.................................................................................................................................................................................580

language Commands..................................................................................................583
language delete...................................................................................................................................................................................584

14

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CONTENTS

language list.........................................................................................................................................................................................585

mbus Commands........................................................................................................587
mbus mbus mbus mbus mbus mbus mbus mbus mbus mbus mbus mbus mbus mbus mbus mbus mbus mbus mbus client authenticate....................................................................................................................................................................588 client config.............................................................................................................................................................................. 589 client exec................................................................................................................................................................................. 590 client register............................................................................................................................................................................ 592 client termsession..................................................................................................................................................................... 593 client unregister........................................................................................................................................................................594 debug clearstats....................................................................................................................................................................... 595 debug commconfig................................................................................................................................................................. 596 debug loadobjects....................................................................................................................................................................597 debug stats................................................................................................................................................................................598 debug traceconfig....................................................................................................................................................................599 debug unloadobjects.............................................................................................................................................................. 600 listcontexts.................................................................................................................................................................................601 listobjects...................................................................................................................................................................................602 listsubscriptions.........................................................................................................................................................................603 listtypes......................................................................................................................................................................................604 pluginevent............................................................................................................................................................................... 605 unregister.................................................................................................................................................................................. 606 xmldump................................................................................................................................................................................... 607

memm Commands..................................................................................................... 609


memm memm memm memm memm memm memm debug clearstats.....................................................................................................................................................................610 debug lock stats..................................................................................................................................................................... 611 debug lock traceconfig......................................................................................................................................................... 612 debug stats............................................................................................................................................................................. 613 debug tag............................................................................................................................................................................... 614 debug traceconfig..................................................................................................................................................................615 listobjects................................................................................................................................................................................ 616

mlp Commands........................................................................................................... 617


mlp mlp mlp mlp mlp mlp mlp mlp mlp mlp mlp mlp mlp mlp mlp mlp debug export............................................................................................................................................................................... 618 debug stats...................................................................................................................................................................................619 debug traceconfig...................................................................................................................................................................... 620 flush............................................................................................................................................................................................... 621 privilege add................................................................................................................................................................................ 622 privilege addzone........................................................................................................................................................................623 privilege config............................................................................................................................................................................624 privilege delete............................................................................................................................................................................625 privilege list..................................................................................................................................................................................626 privilege removezone................................................................................................................................................................. 627 role add........................................................................................................................................................................................ 628 role addpriv..................................................................................................................................................................................629 role config....................................................................................................................................................................................630 role delete.....................................................................................................................................................................................631 role list.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 632 role removepriv........................................................................................................................................................................... 633

mobile Commands......................................................................................................635
mobile debug operator...................................................................................................................................................................... 636 mobile debug sendat..........................................................................................................................................................................637 mobile debug showsq........................................................................................................................................................................ 638

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

15

CONTENTS

mobile mobile mobile mobile mobile mobile mobile mobile

debug traceconfig................................................................................................................................................................. 639 device list................................................................................................................................................................................640 ifattach..................................................................................................................................................................................... 641 ifconfig.................................................................................................................................................................................... 642 ifdelete.....................................................................................................................................................................................643 ifdetach................................................................................................................................................................................... 644 iflist...........................................................................................................................................................................................645 simcard....................................................................................................................................................................................646

nat Commands........................................................................................................... 647


nat nat nat nat nat nat nat nat nat nat config.............................................................................................................................................................................................648 flush................................................................................................................................................................................................649 iflist.................................................................................................................................................................................................650 mapadd.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 651 mapdelete......................................................................................................................................................................................652 maplist............................................................................................................................................................................................653 tmpladd......................................................................................................................................................................................... 654 tmpldelete..................................................................................................................................................................................... 655 tmplinst.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 656 tmpllist........................................................................................................................................................................................... 657

ppp Commands.......................................................................................................... 659


ppp ppp ppp ppp ppp ppp ppp ppp ppp ppp ppp ppp ppp ppp ppp flush..............................................................................................................................................................................................660 ifattach.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 661 ifconfig......................................................................................................................................................................................... 662 ifdelete......................................................................................................................................................................................... 665 ifdetach........................................................................................................................................................................................ 666 iflist................................................................................................................................................................................................667 ifscan............................................................................................................................................................................................ 668 relay flush.................................................................................................................................................................................... 669 relay ifadd....................................................................................................................................................................................670 relay ifconfig................................................................................................................................................................................ 671 relay ifdelete................................................................................................................................................................................ 672 relay iflist...................................................................................................................................................................................... 673 relay sesslist................................................................................................................................................................................. 674 rtadd............................................................................................................................................................................................. 675 rtdelete......................................................................................................................................................................................... 676

pptp Commands......................................................................................................... 677


pptp pptp pptp pptp pptp flush............................................................................................................................................................................................. 678 ifadd............................................................................................................................................................................................ 679 profadd.......................................................................................................................................................................................680 profdelete....................................................................................................................................................................................681 proflist......................................................................................................................................................................................... 682

printersharing Commands..........................................................................................683
printersharing printersharing printersharing printersharing LPD list.......................................................................................................................................................................684 LPD queue add.........................................................................................................................................................685 LPD queue delete.....................................................................................................................................................686 LPD queue list...........................................................................................................................................................687

ptrace Commands...................................................................................................... 689


ptrace action add............................................................................................................................................................................... 690 ptrace action delete............................................................................................................................................................................ 691 ptrace action list..................................................................................................................................................................................692

16

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CONTENTS

ptrace ptrace ptrace ptrace ptrace ptrace ptrace ptrace ptrace ptrace

action modify.......................................................................................................................................................................... 693 debug traceconfig.................................................................................................................................................................. 694 delete........................................................................................................................................................................................695 filter add.................................................................................................................................................................................. 696 filter delete.............................................................................................................................................................................. 697 filter list.................................................................................................................................................................................... 698 filter modify.............................................................................................................................................................................699 flush..........................................................................................................................................................................................700 list.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 701 modify...................................................................................................................................................................................... 702

pwr Commands...........................................................................................................703
pwr debug traceconfig.......................................................................................................................................................................704 pwr wlan-pwr-options......................................................................................................................................................................... 705

script Commands........................................................................................................707
script script script script delete......................................................................................................................................................................................... 708 flush............................................................................................................................................................................................709 list................................................................................................................................................................................................710 run................................................................................................................................................................................................711

service Commands...................................................................................................... 713


service service service service service service service service service service service service service service service service service service service service service host add...................................................................................................................................................................................714 host assign............................................................................................................................................................................... 715 host category add.................................................................................................................................................................. 716 host category delete.............................................................................................................................................................. 717 host category list.................................................................................................................................................................... 718 host category rename............................................................................................................................................................719 host delete..............................................................................................................................................................................720 host disable..............................................................................................................................................................................721 host flush................................................................................................................................................................................. 722 host rule add...........................................................................................................................................................................723 host rule delete...................................................................................................................................................................... 725 host stats................................................................................................................................................................................. 727 host triggerlist.........................................................................................................................................................................728 system ifadd............................................................................................................................................................................729 system ifdelete....................................................................................................................................................................... 730 system ipadd........................................................................................................................................................................... 731 system ipdelete.......................................................................................................................................................................732 system list................................................................................................................................................................................ 733 system mapadd...................................................................................................................................................................... 734 system mapdelete.................................................................................................................................................................. 735 system modify........................................................................................................................................................................ 736

sntp Commands.......................................................................................................... 737


sntp sntp sntp sntp sntp config........................................................................................................................................................................................... 738 debug traceconfig...................................................................................................................................................................... 739 delete........................................................................................................................................................................................... 740 flush...............................................................................................................................................................................................741 list..................................................................................................................................................................................................742

software Commands...................................................................................................743
software switchover.............................................................................................................................................................................744 software upgrade................................................................................................................................................................................ 745

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

17

CONTENTS

statecheck Commands............................................................................................... 747


statecheck statecheck statecheck statecheck statecheck statecheck statecheck checkadd.......................................................................................................................................................................... 748 checkdelete...................................................................................................................................................................... 749 groupadd.......................................................................................................................................................................... 750 groupdelete.......................................................................................................................................................................751 list.......................................................................................................................................................................................752 statecheckadd...................................................................................................................................................................753 statecheckdelete.............................................................................................................................................................. 754

syslog Commands.......................................................................................................755
syslog syslog syslog syslog syslog syslog syslog flush...........................................................................................................................................................................................756 list...............................................................................................................................................................................................757 msgbuf flush............................................................................................................................................................................ 758 msgbuf send............................................................................................................................................................................ 759 msgbuf show........................................................................................................................................................................... 760 ruleadd...................................................................................................................................................................................... 761 ruledelete..................................................................................................................................................................................762

system Commands......................................................................................................763
system system system system system system system system system system system system system system system config.......................................................................................................................................................................................764 debug autosave......................................................................................................................................................................765 debug cpu...............................................................................................................................................................................766 debug mem............................................................................................................................................................................ 767 dst............................................................................................................................................................................................ 768 flush......................................................................................................................................................................................... 769 ra config..................................................................................................................................................................................770 ra instadd................................................................................................................................................................................. 771 ra instdelete............................................................................................................................................................................ 772 ra list.........................................................................................................................................................................................773 ra start..................................................................................................................................................................................... 774 ra stop......................................................................................................................................................................................775 reboot...................................................................................................................................................................................... 776 reset..........................................................................................................................................................................................777 timedreboot............................................................................................................................................................................ 778

tls Commands............................................................................................................. 779


tls tls tls tls tls tls tls tls tls tls tls tls acs-client cert add......................................................................................................................................................................... 780 acs-client cert delete......................................................................................................................................................................781 acs-client cert list........................................................................................................................................................................... 782 https-server cert add..................................................................................................................................................................... 783 https-server cert delete.................................................................................................................................................................784 https-server cert list.......................................................................................................................................................................785 https-server config.........................................................................................................................................................................786 remote-upgraded cert add........................................................................................................................................................... 787 remote-upgraded cert delete.......................................................................................................................................................788 remote-upgraded cert list.............................................................................................................................................................789 remote-upgraded config.............................................................................................................................................................. 790 self cert list...................................................................................................................................................................................... 791

upgrade Commands................................................................................................... 793


upgrade upgrade upgrade upgrade debug config........................................................................................................................................................................794 image list.............................................................................................................................................................................. 795 image modify.......................................................................................................................................................................796 lastUpgradeInfo................................................................................................................................................................... 797

18

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CONTENTS

upnp Commands........................................................................................................ 799


upnp upnp upnp upnp upnp debug nonce.............................................................................................................................................................................800 debug traceconfig.................................................................................................................................................................... 801 flush............................................................................................................................................................................................ 802 list................................................................................................................................................................................................803 listmask...................................................................................................................................................................................... 804

user Commands......................................................................................................... 805


user user user user user config...........................................................................................................................................................................................806 delete........................................................................................................................................................................................... 807 flush..............................................................................................................................................................................................808 list................................................................................................................................................................................................. 809 rights.............................................................................................................................................................................................810

wansensing Commands...............................................................................................811
wansensing wansensing wansensing wansensing wansensing wansensing wansensing debug traceconfig.......................................................................................................................................................... 812 flush.................................................................................................................................................................................. 813 list......................................................................................................................................................................................814 mode add........................................................................................................................................................................ 815 mode delete....................................................................................................................................................................816 mode list.......................................................................................................................................................................... 817 requestmode................................................................................................................................................................... 818

webserver Commands.................................................................................................819
webserver ssl commonname delete................................................................................................................................................. 820 webserver ssl commonname list........................................................................................................................................................821

wireless Commands.................................................................................................... 823


wireless wireless wireless wireless wireless wireless wireless wireless wireless wireless wireless wireless wireless wireless wireless wireless wireless wireless wireless wireless wireless wireless wireless wireless wireless wireless acs config...............................................................................................................................................................................825 acs debug rescan..................................................................................................................................................................826 acs debug scan..................................................................................................................................................................... 827 acs debug scanreport.......................................................................................................................................................... 828 acs debug triggerdump....................................................................................................................................................... 829 acs scanhistory......................................................................................................................................................................830 debug stats.............................................................................................................................................................................831 macacl add............................................................................................................................................................................ 832 macacl config........................................................................................................................................................................ 833 macacl delete........................................................................................................................................................................ 834 macacl flush...........................................................................................................................................................................835 macacl list.............................................................................................................................................................................. 836 macacl modify.......................................................................................................................................................................837 macacl register......................................................................................................................................................................838 mssid ifadd............................................................................................................................................................................ 839 mssid ifattach........................................................................................................................................................................840 mssid ifconfig........................................................................................................................................................................ 841 mssid ifdelete........................................................................................................................................................................ 842 mssid ifdetach....................................................................................................................................................................... 843 mssid iflist..............................................................................................................................................................................844 qos apacconfig..................................................................................................................................................................... 845 qos config..............................................................................................................................................................................846 qos staacconfig..................................................................................................................................................................... 847 reset........................................................................................................................................................................................848 stations list.............................................................................................................................................................................849 wps ap_pin............................................................................................................................................................................850

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

19

CONTENTS

wireless wps config..............................................................................................................................................................................851 wireless wps mode.............................................................................................................................................................................. 852 wireless wps pin................................................................................................................................................................................... 853

xdsl Commands.......................................................................................................... 855


xdsl xdsl xdsl xdsl xdsl xdsl xdsl xdsl config............................................................................................................................................................................................856 debug bitloadinginfo.................................................................................................................................................................. 857 debug deltconfig.........................................................................................................................................................................858 debug deltinfo.............................................................................................................................................................................859 debug modemoptioninfo.......................................................................................................................................................... 860 debug multimode........................................................................................................................................................................861 debug traceconfig.......................................................................................................................................................................862 version...........................................................................................................................................................................................863

20

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ATM COMMANDS

atm Commands
atm cac config atm cac list atm cac overbooking atm debug aal5stats atm debug gstats atm debug portstats atm debug traceconfig atm debug vcstats atm flush atm ifattach atm ifconfig atm ifdetach atm iflist atm oam cc list atm oam cc modify atm oam cc send atm oam config atm oam list atm oam modify atm oam ping atm oam vclb add atm oam vclb del atm oam vclb list atm phonebook add atm phonebook delete atm phonebook flush atm phonebook list atm qosbook add Configure ATM connection admission control. List all CAC parameters. Configure ATM overbooking parameters. Display AAL5 port specific atm statistics. Display ATM global statistics. Display port specific atm statistics. Display/Modify AAL5 debug trace configuration. Display VC specific atm statistics. Flush all ATM interfaces. Attach an ATM interface. Modify an ATM interface. Detach an ATM interface. Display the ATM interfaces. Display CC configuration. Modify CC on the connection. Send CC activate/deactivate to connection. Modify the ATM OAM settings. Display the ATM OAM settings. Modify the ATM OAM data blocking mode. Send ATM loopback cells. Create a loopback connection for VC Delete a loopback connection for VC List all VC loopback connections Add a new phonebook entry. Delete a phonebook entry. Flush all phonebook entries. Display the phonebook. Add a new qosbook entry. see page 23 see page 24 see page 25 see page 26 see page 27 see page 28 see page 29 see page 30 see page 31 see page 32 see page 33 see page 34 see page 35 see page 36 see page 37 see page 38 see page 39 see page 40 see page 41 see page 42 see page 43 see page 44 see page 45 see page 46 see page 47 see page 48 see page 49 see page 50

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

21

ATM COMMANDS

atm qosbook config atm qosbook ctdadd atm qosbook ctddelete atm qosbook ctdlist atm qosbook delete atm qosbook flush atm qosbook list atm qos list atm qos queue config atm qos queue list

Modify the qosbook configuration. Add a new connection traffic descriptor. Delete a connection traffic descriptor. Display all connection traffic descriptors. Delete a qosbook entry. Flush all qosbook entries. Display the qosbook. Display the Qos list. Configure TX Queue entry. Display the Qos list.

see page 51 see page 52 see page 53 see page 54 see page 55 see page 56 see page 57 see page 58 see page 59 see page 60

22

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ATM COMMANDS

atm cac config


Configure ATM connection admission control.

SYNTAX:
atm cac config port = <{dsl0|dsl1|atm2|atm3|aal5|atm5} or number> state = <{disabled|enabled}>

where: port state The port for which CAC is configured. Enable/disable CAC for an ATM port. REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

23

ATM COMMANDS

atm cac list


List all CAC parameters.

24

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ATM COMMANDS

atm cac overbooking


Configure ATM overbooking parameters.

SYNTAX:
atm cac overbooking [rt = <number{0-1000}>] [nrt = <number{0-1000}>]

where: rt nrt The realtime overbooking percentage. The non-realtime overbooking percentage. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

25

ATM COMMANDS

atm debug aal5stats


Display AAL5 port specific atm statistics.

SYNTAX:
atm debug aal5stats port = <{dsl0|dsl1|atm2|atm3|aal5|atm5} or number> vpi = <number{0-31}> [vci = <number{0-511}>] [clear = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: port vpi vci clear The port number for which statistics will be retrieved. The VPI number for which statistics will be retrieved. The VCI number for which statistics will be retrieved. Clear the statistics after request. REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

26

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ATM COMMANDS

atm debug gstats


Display ATM global statistics.

SYNTAX:
atm debug gstats where: clear Clear the statistics after request. OPTIONAL [clear = <{disabled|enabled}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

27

ATM COMMANDS

atm debug portstats


Display port specific atm statistics.

SYNTAX:
atm debug portstats port = <{dsl0|dsl1|atm2|atm3|aal5|atm5} or number> [clear = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: port clear The port for which statistics will be retrieved. Clear the statistics after the request. REQUIRED OPTIONAL

28

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ATM COMMANDS

atm debug traceconfig


Display/Modify AAL5 debug trace configuration.

SYNTAX:
atm debug traceconfig [len = <mber{1-4}>] [intf = <{atm_Internet}>] [state = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: len intf state Maximum number of AAL5 payload bytes that will be shown (0-2000, global setting). The name of the ATM interface to configure. Enable/disable AAL5 debug tracing. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

29

ATM COMMANDS

atm debug vcstats


Display VC specific atm statistics.

SYNTAX:
atm debug vcstats port = <{dsl0|dsl1|atm2|atm3|aal5|atm5} or number> vpi = <number{0-31}> [vci = <number{0-511}>] [clear = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: port vpi vci clear The port number for which statistics will be retrieved. The VPI number for which statistics will be retrieved. The VCI number for which statistics will be retrieved. Clear the statistics after request. REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

30

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ATM COMMANDS

atm flush
Flush all ATM interfaces.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

31

ATM COMMANDS

atm ifattach
Attach an ATM interface.

SYNTAX:
atm ifattach where: intf The name of the ATM interface. REQUIRED intf = <{}>

32

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ATM COMMANDS

atm ifconfig
Modify an ATM interface.

SYNTAX:
atm ifconfig intf = <{atm_Internet}> [dest = <{}>] [qos = <{default}>] [clp = <{0|1|classification}>] [clpthresh = <number{0-15}>] [encaps = <{llc|vcmux}>] [fcs = <{disabled|enabled|auto}>] [ulp = <{mac|ip|ppp}>] [retry = <number{0-65535}>]

where: intf dest qos clp clpthresh encaps fcs ulp retry The name of the ATM interface to configure. The WAN destination for this ATM interface. Typically, a phonebook entry. The name of a qosbook entry defining the QoS parameters for the WAN link. The mode used to determine the CLP bit value. Priority class threshold where CLP becomes 0 (for all classes >= threshold). The WAN protocol encapsulation to be used on this interface. Whether or not to include the Ethernet FCS in the packet header (only used for llc encapsulation for mac). The upper layer protocol. The number of times the WAN connection setup should retry before giving up. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

33

ATM COMMANDS

atm ifdetach
Detach an ATM interface.

SYNTAX:
atm ifdetach where: intf The name of the ATM interface. REQUIRED intf = <{}>

34

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ATM COMMANDS

atm iflist
Display the ATM interfaces.

SYNTAX:
atm iflist where: intf The name of an ATM interface. OPTIONAL [intf = <{atm_Internet}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

35

ATM COMMANDS

atm oam cc list


Display CC configuration.

36

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ATM COMMANDS

atm oam cc modify


Modify CC on the connection.

SYNTAX:
atm oam cc modify port = <{dsl0|dsl1|atm2|atm3|aal5|atm5} or number> vpi = <number{0-31}> [vci = <number{0-511}>] [transmit = <{disabled|enabled}>] [receive = <{disabled|enabled}>] [auto = <{disabled|enabled}>] [span = <{segment|end2end}>]

where: port vpi vci transmit receive auto span The ATM port number. The Virtual Path Identifier. The Virtual Channel Identifier. Enable/disable transmission of CC cells. Enable/disable loss of continuity. Enable/disable remote CC activation/deactivation. End2end or segment continuity check. REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

37

ATM COMMANDS

atm oam cc send


Send CC activate/deactivate to connection.

SYNTAX:
atm oam cc send port = <{dsl0|dsl1|atm2|atm3|aal5|atm5} or number> vpi = <number{0-31}> [vci = <number{0-511}>] [span = <{segment|end2end}>] [action = <{activate|deactivate}>] [direction = <{source|sink|both}>]

where: port vpi vci span action direction The ATM port number. The Virtual Path Identifier. The Virtual Channel Identifier. Send CC action end2end or segment. The CC action. Source, sink or both (default: both). REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

38

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ATM COMMANDS

atm oam config


Modify the ATM OAM settings.

SYNTAX:
atm oam config [clp = <number{0-1}>] [loopbackid = <string>]

where: clp loopbackid The CLP bit value of the OAM cells. The loopback id (hexadecimal string) for processing of segment loopback cells. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

39

ATM COMMANDS

atm oam list


Display the ATM OAM settings.

40

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ATM COMMANDS

atm oam modify


Modify the ATM OAM data blocking mode.

SYNTAX:
atm oam modify port = <{dsl0|dsl1|atm2|atm3|aal5|atm5} or number> blocking = <{disabled|enabled}>

where: port blocking The port for which OAM blocking is configured. Enable/disable OAM blocking. REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

41

ATM COMMANDS

atm oam ping


Send ATM loopback cells.

SYNTAX:
atm oam ping dest = <{atm_pvc_8_35}> [count = <number{1-1000000}>] [interval = <number{100-1000000}>]

where: dest count interval The destination address for the request. The number of pings to send. The interval in milliseconds between packets. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

42

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ATM COMMANDS

atm oam vclb add


Create a loopback connection for VC

SYNTAX:
atm oam vclb add port = <{dsl0|dsl1|atm2|atm3|aal5|atm5} or number> vpi = <number{0-31}> [vci = <number{0-511}>]

where: port vpi vci The ATM port number. The Virtual Path Identifier. The Virtual Channel Identifier. REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

43

ATM COMMANDS

atm oam vclb del


Delete a loopback connection for VC

SYNTAX:
atm oam vclb del port = <{dsl0|dsl1|atm2|atm3|aal5|atm5} or number> vpi = <number{0-31}> [vci = <number{0-511}>]

where: port vpi vci The ATM port number. The Virtual Path Identifier. The Virtual Channel Identifier. REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL

44

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ATM COMMANDS

atm oam vclb list


List all VC loopback connections

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

45

ATM COMMANDS

atm phonebook add


Add a new phonebook entry.

SYNTAX:
atm phonebook add name = <string> addr = <atmchannel : PVC syntax is [port.]vpi.vci port=dsl0|dsl1|...>

where: name addr The phonebook name for this destination. The address for this destination. REQUIRED REQUIRED

46

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ATM COMMANDS

atm phonebook delete


Delete a phonebook entry.

SYNTAX:
atm phonebook delete where: name The name of the phonebook to delete. REQUIRED name = <{}>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

47

ATM COMMANDS

atm phonebook flush


Flush all phonebook entries.

48

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ATM COMMANDS

atm phonebook list


Display the phonebook.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

49

ATM COMMANDS

atm qosbook add


Add a new qosbook entry.

SYNTAX:
atm qosbook add name = <string> [txctd = <{default}>] [rxctd = <{default}>]

where: name txctd rxctd The name for the new QoS entry. The name of the CTD for transmit (upstream) direction. The name of the CTD for receive (downstream) direction. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

50

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ATM COMMANDS

atm qosbook config


Modify the qosbook configuration.

SYNTAX:
atm qosbook config where: format The input, output format of the qosbook. OPTIONAL [format = <{bytes|cells}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

51

ATM COMMANDS

atm qosbook ctdadd


Add a new connection traffic descriptor.

SYNTAX:
atm qosbook ctdadd name = <string> conformance = <{UBR|CBR|VBR|UBR.1|UBR.2| UBR.mdcr|CBR.1|VBR.1|VBR.2|VBR.3|VBR.c|VBR.nt| VBR.t|GFR.1|GFR.2}> [peakrate = <number{0-27786}>] [sustrate = <number{0-27786}>] [maxburst = <number{48-12240}>] [minrate = <number{0-27786}>] [maxframe = <number{0-255}>] [celldelay = <number>] [realtime = <{enabled|disabled}>] [framediscard = <{enabled|disabled}>]

where: name conformance peakrate sustrate maxburst minrate maxframe celldelay realtime framediscard The name for the new CTD entry. The ATM service conformance definition. The peak rate (in kilobits per second). Use '0' to indicate linerate for UBR. The sustainable rate (in kilobits per second). (VBR only) The maximum burst size (in bytes). (VBR or GFR) The minimum rate (in kilobits per second). (UBR.m or GFR) The maximum frame size (in bytes). (GFR only) Cell delay variation in tenths of microseconds. Enable/disable realtime traffic (VBR only). Enable/disable frame discard. REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

52

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ATM COMMANDS

atm qosbook ctddelete


Delete a connection traffic descriptor.

SYNTAX:
atm qosbook ctddelete name = <{default}> [force = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: name force The name of the CTD entry to delete. Force delete even when the entry is still in use. REQUIRED OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

53

ATM COMMANDS

atm qosbook ctdlist


Display all connection traffic descriptors.

54

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ATM COMMANDS

atm qosbook delete


Delete a qosbook entry.

SYNTAX:
atm qosbook delete name = <{default}> [force = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: name force The name of the qosbook entry to delete. Force delete even when the entry is still in use. REQUIRED OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

55

ATM COMMANDS

atm qosbook flush


Flush all qosbook entries.

SYNTAX:
atm qosbook flush where: filename Filename for backupfile of current configuration REQUIRED filename = <user configuration filename>

56

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ATM COMMANDS

atm qosbook list


Display the qosbook.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

57

ATM COMMANDS

atm qos list


Display the Qos list.

SYNTAX:
atm qos list where: intf The name of the ATM interface to configure. OPTIONAL [intf = <{strict|cwrr|pwrr|wfq}>]

58

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ATM COMMANDS

atm qos queue config


Configure TX Queue entry.

SYNTAX:
atm qos queue config qname = <{queue_a0}> weight = <number{0-64}> maxpackets = <number{0-2500}> loprio = <number{0-15}> hiprio = <number{0-15}>

where: qname weight maxpackets loprio hiprio The name of the Transmit Queue. Weight value of the chosen weight algorithm. The maximum number of packets in the queues. The lowest internal priority boundary for entering this queue. The highest internal priority boundary for entering this queue. REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

59

ATM COMMANDS

atm qos queue list


Display the Qos list.

SYNTAX:
atm qos queue list where: intf The name of the ATM interface to configure. OPTIONAL [intf = <>]

60

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CONFIG COMMANDS

config Commands
config delete config dump config flush config list config load Delete a user configuration file. Show the saved configuration file Flush the loaded configuration. Show the current configuration set Load saved or default configuration. see page 62 see page 63 see page 64 see page 65 see page 66

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

61

CONFIG COMMANDS

config delete
Delete a user configuration file.

SYNTAX:
config delete where: filename configuration file to erase OPTIONAL [filename = <user configuration filename>]

62

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CONFIG COMMANDS

config dump
Show the saved configuration file

SYNTAX:
config dump [configchangemode = <{immediate|delayed}>] [probes = <{disabled|enabled}>] [udptrackmode = <{strict|loose}>] [safepredicts = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: configchangemode probes udptrackmode safepredicts Select how config changes are handled. Enable/disable alive probes on idle connections. UDP connection tracking mode. Enable/disable safe CONN/NAT application helper predictions (predicted connection must have same IP addresses as its parent). OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

63

CONFIG COMMANDS

config flush
Flush the loaded configuration.

SYNTAX:
config flush where: flush_ip Flush IP settings or not. OPTIONAL [flush_ip = <{enabled|disabled}>]

64

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CONFIG COMMANDS

config list
Show the current configuration set

SYNTAX:
config list where: templates list template files OPTIONAL [templates = <{disabled|enabled}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

65

CONFIG COMMANDS

config load
Load saved or default configuration.

SYNTAX:
config load [load_ip = <{enabled|disabled}>] [defaults = <{disabled|enabled}>] [flush = <{enabled|disabled}>] [echo = <{disabled|enabled}>] [filename = <string>]

where: load_ip defaults flush echo filename Load IP settings or not. Load default instead of saved configuration. Flush current configuration before loading new one. Echo each command string when loaded. Configuration filename. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

66

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CONNECTION COMMANDS

connection Commands
connection appconfig connection appinfo connection applist connection bind connection bindblacklist add connection bindblacklist delete connection bindblacklist list connection bindlist connection clean connection clear connection debug connection describe connection flow add connection flow delete connection flow flush connection flow list connection flow qoslabeladd connection flow qoslabeldel connection flush connection info connection list connection refresh connection release connection reserve connection stats connection timerclear Modify a CONN/NAT application helper configuration Display CONN/NAT application specific info Display the available CONN/NAT application helpers. Create a CONN/NAT application helper/port binding. Add bind blacklist entry. Delete bind blacklist entry. List all bind blacklist entries. Display the CONN/NAT application helper/ port bindings. Clean connection database by forcing timeouts. Kill all connections. Connection debug commands. Describe the streams of a connection. Add flow Delete flow Flush flow configuration List all flows Assign qos label to flow Remove qos label from flow Flush the connection configuration. Display all modules with some info. Display the currently known connections. Invalidate all cached decisions. Release connections. Reserve connections. Display connection and stream statistics. Clear connection timeout to default. see page 69 see page 70 see page 71 see page 72 see page 73 see page 74 see page 75 see page 76 see page 77 see page 78 see page 79 see page 80 see page 81 see page 82 see page 83 see page 84 see page 85 see page 86 see page 87 see page 88 see page 89 see page 91 see page 92 see page 93 see page 94 see page 95

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

67

CONNECTION COMMANDS

connection timerconfig connection unbind

Modify connection timeout handling. Delete a CONN/NAT application helper/port binding.

see page 96 see page 97

68

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CONNECTION COMMANDS

connection appconfig
Modify a CONN/NAT application helper configuration

SYNTAX:
connection appconfig application = <{IP6TO4|PPTP|ESP|IKE|SIP| JABBER|CU/SeeMe|RAUDIO(PNA)|RTSP|SNMP_TRAP| FTP}> [trace = <{disabled|enabled}>] [timeout = <number{0-32000}>] [childqos = <{None|DSCP|Interactive| Management|Video|VoIP-RTP|VoIP-Signal| default}>] [floating = <{disabled|enabled}>] [proxy = <{disabled|enabled}>] [tracelevel = <number{1-4}>] [snooping = <{disabled|enabled}>] [translate-predict = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: application trace timeout childqos floating proxy tracelevel snooping translate-predict The name of a CONN/NAT application helper as listed by ':connection applist'. Enable/disable CONN/NAT application helper traces. The maximum timeout in seconds to keep predicted child connections around. Used QOS label for the predicted child connections. Enable/disabled floating port for IKE helper. Enable/disable FTP proxy support. SIP only: SIP trace level: 1=feature errors; 2=feature traces; 3=all errors; 4=all traces. SIP only: Enable/disable snooping SIP only: Enable/disable prediction REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

69

CONNECTION COMMANDS

connection appinfo
Display CONN/NAT application specific info

SYNTAX:
connection appinfo application = <{IP6TO4|PPTP|ESP|IKE|SIP| JABBER|CU/SeeMe|RAUDIO(PNA)|RTSP|SNMP_TRAP| FTP}>

where: application The name of a CONN/NAT application helper as listed by ':connection applist'. REQUIRED

70

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CONNECTION COMMANDS

connection applist
Display the available CONN/NAT application helpers.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

71

CONNECTION COMMANDS

connection bind
Create a CONN/NAT application helper/port binding.

SYNTAX:
connection bind application = <{IP6TO4|PPTP|ESP|IKE|SIP| JABBER|CU/SeeMe|RAUDIO(PNA)|RTSP|SNMP_TRAP| FTP}> [port = <port-range>]

where: application port The name of a CONN/NAT application helper as listed by ':connection applist'. The port number or range this application handler should work on. REQUIRED OPTIONAL

72

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CONNECTION COMMANDS

connection bindblacklist add


Add bind blacklist entry.

SYNTAX:
connection bindblacklist add ip = <ip-address> [proto = <{ah|egp|esp|ggp|gre|hmp|icmp|igmp| pup|rdp|rsvp|tcp|udp|vines|xns-idp|6to4|ipip} or number>] [port = <port-range>]

where: ip proto port The source or destination IP address. The IP protocol (name or number). The port number or range. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

73

CONNECTION COMMANDS

connection bindblacklist delete


Delete bind blacklist entry.

SYNTAX:
connection bindblacklist delete ip = <ip-address> [proto = <{ah|egp|esp|ggp|gre|hmp|icmp|igmp| pup|rdp|rsvp|tcp|udp|vines|xns-idp|6to4|ipip} or number>] [port = <port-range>]

where: ip proto port The source or destination IP address. The IP protocol (name or number). The port number or range. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

74

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CONNECTION COMMANDS

connection bindblacklist list


List all bind blacklist entries.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

75

CONNECTION COMMANDS

connection bindlist
Display the CONN/NAT application helper/port bindings.

76

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CONNECTION COMMANDS

connection clean
Clean connection database by forcing timeouts.

SYNTAX:
connection clean where: level Scrubbing level. OPTIONAL [level = <number{0-9}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

77

CONNECTION COMMANDS

connection clear
Kill all connections.

78

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CONNECTION COMMANDS

connection debug
Connection debug commands.

SYNTAX:
connection debug where: trace Enable/disable traces. OPTIONAL [trace = <{disabled|enabled}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

79

CONNECTION COMMANDS

connection describe
Describe the streams of a connection.

SYNTAX:
connection describe where: id The connection ID to describe. REQUIRED id = <number{0-4095}>

80

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CONNECTION COMMANDS

connection flow add


Add flow

SYNTAX:
connection flow add where: name Flow name. OPTIONAL [name = <string>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

81

CONNECTION COMMANDS

connection flow delete


Delete flow

SYNTAX:
connection flow delete where: flow Flow name. OPTIONAL [flow = <>]

82

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CONNECTION COMMANDS

connection flow flush


Flush flow configuration

SYNTAX:
connection flow flush [state = <{enabled|disabled}>] [workgroup = <quoted string>] [name = <quoted string>] [comment = <quoted string>]

where: state workgroup name comment Enabled/disabled CIFS service. CIFS workgroup definition. CIFS service name. CIFS service description. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

83

CONNECTION COMMANDS

connection flow list


List all flows

84

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CONNECTION COMMANDS

connection flow qoslabeladd


Assign qos label to flow

SYNTAX:
connection flow qoslabeladd [flow = <>] [qoslabel = <{None|DSCP|Interactive| Management|Video|VoIP-RTP|VoIP-Signal| default}>]

where: flow qoslabel Flow name. Qos label name. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

85

CONNECTION COMMANDS

connection flow qoslabeldel


Remove qos label from flow

SYNTAX:
connection flow qoslabeldel [flow = <>] [qoslabel = <{None|DSCP|Interactive| Management|Video|VoIP-RTP|VoIP-Signal| default}>]

where: flow qoslabel Flow name. Qos label name. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

86

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CONNECTION COMMANDS

connection flush
Flush the connection configuration.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

87

CONNECTION COMMANDS

connection info
Display all modules with some info.

88

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CONNECTION COMMANDS

connection list
Display the currently known connections.

SYNTAX:
connection list [id = <number{0-4095}>] [nr = <number{1-4096}>] [history = <{disabled|enabled}>] [proto = <{ah|egp|esp|ggp|gre|hmp|icmp|igmp| pup|rdp|rsvp|tcp|udp|vines|xns-idp|6to4|ipip} or number>] [ip = <ip-range>] [port = <port-range>] [intf = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}>] [routelabel = <{None|DSCP|Interactive| Management|Video|VoIP-RTP|VoIP-Signal| default}>] [qoslabel = <{None|DSCP|Interactive| Management|Video|VoIP-RTP|VoIP-Signal| default}>] [application = <{IP6TO4|PPTP|ESP|IKE|SIP| JABBER|CU/SeeMe|RAUDIO(PNA)|RTSP|SNMP_TRAP| FTP}>] [reserved = <{false|true}>] [accelerated = <{false|true}>] [prioritized = <{false|true}>]

where: id nr history proto ip port intf routelabel qoslabel application reserved accelerated The connection ID. The maximum number of connections to display (30 by default). If enabled, show history. The IP protocol (name or number). The IP address or range. The port number or range. The IP interface name. The route label name. The QoS label name. The name of CONN/NAT application helper. Filter on "R" connection flag . Filter on "A" stream flag. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

89

CONNECTION COMMANDS

prioritized

Filter on "P" stream flag.

OPTIONAL

90

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CONNECTION COMMANDS

connection refresh
Invalidate all cached decisions.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

91

CONNECTION COMMANDS

connection release
Release connections.

SYNTAX:
connection release where: flow Flow name. OPTIONAL [flow = <>]

92

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CONNECTION COMMANDS

connection reserve
Reserve connections.

SYNTAX:
connection reserve [flow = <>] [amount = <>]

where: flow amount Flow name. Number of connections to reserve for this flow. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

93

CONNECTION COMMANDS

connection stats
Display connection and stream statistics.

94

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CONNECTION COMMANDS

connection timerclear
Clear connection timeout to default.

SYNTAX:
connection timerclear [timer = <{tcpidle|tcpneg|tcpkill|udpidle| udpkill|icmpidle|icmpkill|ipidle|ipkill}>]

where: timer The name of the connection idle timer. OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

95

CONNECTION COMMANDS

connection timerconfig
Modify connection timeout handling.

SYNTAX:
connection timerconfig [timer = <{tcpidle|tcpneg|tcpkill|udpidle| udpkill|icmpidle|icmpkill|ipidle|ipkill}>] [value = <number{0-86400}>]

where: timer value The name of the connection idle timer. The timer expire value in seconds. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

96

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CONNECTION COMMANDS

connection unbind
Delete a CONN/NAT application helper/port binding.

SYNTAX:
connection unbind application = <{IP6TO4|PPTP|ESP|IKE|SIP| JABBER|CU/SeeMe|RAUDIO(PNA)|RTSP|SNMP_TRAP| FTP}> [port = <port-range>]

where: application port The name of a CONN/NAT application helper as listed by ':connection applist'. The port number or range this application handler should work on. REQUIRED OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

97

CONTENTSHARING COMMANDS

98

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CONTENTSHARING COMMANDS

contentsharing Commands
contentsharing cifs list contentsharing ftp config contentsharing ftp list contentsharing upnpav config contentsharing upnpav list contentsharing upnpav radiostation config contentsharing upnpav radiostation list contentsharing upnpav radiostation station add contentsharing upnpav radiostation station delete contentsharing upnpav radiostation station list To display CIFS service context. To enable/disable FTP service. To display FTP service context. To enable/disable UPnPAV service, to set the friendly name. To display UPnPAV service context. To enable/disable radiostations service. To display radiostations service context. Add an option. Delete an option. List all options. see page 100 see page 101 see page 102 see page 103 see page 104 see page 105 see page 106 see page 107 see page 108 see page 109

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

99

CONTENTSHARING COMMANDS

contentsharing cifs list


To display CIFS service context.

100

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CONTENTSHARING COMMANDS

contentsharing ftp config


To enable/disable FTP service.

SYNTAX:
contentsharing ftp config where: state Enabled/disabled FTP service. OPTIONAL [state = <{enabled|disabled}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

101

CONTENTSHARING COMMANDS

contentsharing ftp list


To display FTP service context.

102

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CONTENTSHARING COMMANDS

contentsharing upnpav config


To enable/disable UPnPAV service, to set the friendly name.

SYNTAX:
contentsharing upnpav config [state = <{enabled|disabled}>] [friendlyname = <quoted string>]

where: state friendlyname Enable/disable UPnPAV service. upnpav friendly name. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

103

CONTENTSHARING COMMANDS

contentsharing upnpav list


To display UPnPAV service context.

104

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CONTENTSHARING COMMANDS

contentsharing upnpav radiostation config


To enable/disable radiostations service.

SYNTAX:
contentsharing upnpav radiostation config where: state Enabled/disabled radiostations service. OPTIONAL [state = <{disabled|enabled}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

105

CONTENTSHARING COMMANDS

contentsharing upnpav radiostation list


To display radiostations service context.

106

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CONTENTSHARING COMMANDS

contentsharing upnpav radiostation station add


Add an option.

SYNTAX:
contentsharing upnpav radiostation station add where: name url station name. station url REQUIRED REQUIRED name = <string> url = <string>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

107

CONTENTSHARING COMMANDS

contentsharing upnpav radiostation station delete


Delete an option.

SYNTAX:
contentsharing upnpav radiostation station delete where: name station name. REQUIRED name = <string>

108

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CONTENTSHARING COMMANDS

contentsharing upnpav radiostation station list


List all options.

SYNTAX:
contentsharing upnpav radiostation station list [state = <{disabled|enabled}>] [mode = <{read-only|full}>] [periodicInform = <{disabled|enabled}>] [periodicInfInt = <number>] [periodicInfTime = <string>] [sessionTimeout = <number>] [noIpTimeout = <number>] [maxEnvelopes = <number>] [connectionRequest = <{disabled|enabled}>] [connectionReqPath = <string>] [connectionReqUserName = <quoted string>] [connectionReqPsswd = <password>] [connectionReqAuth = <{none|basic|digest}>] [bootdelayrange = <{none|basic|digest}>] [upgradedelay = <{disabled|enabled}>] [delaytimeoutaction = <{force|cancel}>] [am1Termination = <{disabled|enabled}>] [persistentSubscription = <{disabled| enabled}>] [connectionReqThrotNumber = <number>] [connectionReqThrotTime = <number>] [showPasswords = <{disabled|enabled}>] [urlSource = <{none}>]

where: state mode periodicInform periodicInfInt periodicInfTime sessionTimeout noIpTimeout The state of the cwmp daemon. Set the operation mode of the cwmp daemon. Set periodicInform flag of the cwmp daemon. Set the interval between two periodicInform messages in seconds. Set the UTC time the periodic inform will be synchronized upon. Set HTTP session-timeout in seconds. Set time (in seconds) ip may be 0 after uploading new config file. Modem will step back to old configuration when timeout is reached. Set the maximum number of SOAP envelopes send within one http-message. Set connection request flag of the cwmp daemon. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

maxEnvelopes connectionRequest

OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

109

CONTENTSHARING COMMANDS

connectionReqPath connectionReqUserName connectionReqPsswd connectionReqAuth bootdelayrange upgradedelay delaytimeoutaction am1Termination persistentSubscription connectionReqThrotNumber connectionReqThrotTime showPasswords urlSource

Set the path where the cwmp daemon can be reached. Set the username the ACS must use to log in. Set the password the ACS must use to log in. Set the authentication type of modem CWMP server for asynchronous connects. Set the delay on boot before inform is sent. Set whether to delay upgrade if statecheck is active. Set the action to perform when statecheck goes into timeout. Set if am 1 session termination is enabled. The cwmp daemon has persistent subscriptions. Set the connection request throttling maximum number of accepted requests within period. Set the connection request throttling period in seconds in which max requests is reached. Show all passwords in IGD as plaintext. When 0 then will be emptie stringed as the standard requests. The name of DHCP client which the URL comes from.

OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

110

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CWMP COMMANDS

cwmp Commands
cwmp debug traceconfig cwmp server config Enable or disable tracing. Configure the cwmpd towards the ACS. see page 112 see page 113

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

111

CWMP COMMANDS

cwmp debug traceconfig


Enable or disable tracing.

SYNTAX:
cwmp debug traceconfig where: level Set the tracelevel (0-2). OPTIONAL [level = <number>]

112

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

CWMP COMMANDS

cwmp server config


Configure the cwmpd towards the ACS.

SYNTAX:
cwmp server config [url = <string>] [username = <string>] [password = <password>] Execute a 'Trace & Debug' command. For qualified personnel only. = <password>

where: url username password Execute a 'Trace & Debug' command. For qualified personnel only. Set the HTTP URL used to contact the ACS server. Set the username for ACS Digest Authentication. Set the password for ACS Digest Authentication.Command: debug exec Syntax : exec cmd = <quoted string> OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL REQUIRED

SYNTAX:
cwmp server config cmd = <quoted string> Create a DHCP client. = <quoted string>

where: cmd Create a DHCP client. Quoted 'Trace & Debug' command stringCommand: dhcp client ifadd Syntax : ifadd intf = <{Internet|LocalNetwork}> REQUIRED REQUIRED

SYNTAX:
cwmp server config where: intf The name of the interface on which a DHCP Client is defined. REQUIRED intf = <{Internet|LocalNetwork}>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

113

DHCP COMMANDS

114

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp Commands
dhcp client debug clear dhcp client debug stats dhcp client debug traceconfig dhcp client flush dhcp client ifattach dhcp client ifconfig dhcp client ifdelete dhcp client ifdetach dhcp client iflist dhcp client ifrenew dhcp client rqoptions add dhcp client rqoptions delete dhcp client rqoptions list dhcp client rqoptions optionlist dhcp client txoptions add dhcp client txoptions delete dhcp client txoptions list dhcp client txoptions optionlist dhcp relay add dhcp relay config dhcp relay debug stats dhcp relay debug traceconfig dhcp relay delete dhcp relay flush dhcp relay ifconfig Clear DHCP client statistics Print DHCP client statistics Modify DHCP client trace configuration Delete all DHCP clients. Activate a DHCP client. Configure a DHCP client. Delete a DHCP client. De-activate a DHCP client and releases its lease. List DHCP clients. Renew a DHCP lease. Add a DHCP Option Code to the Parameter Request List. Delete a DHCP Option Code from the Parameter Request List. List all DHCP Option Codes in the Parameter Request List. List all DHCP Option Codes that can be used in the Parameter Request List. Add an option. Delete an option. List all options. Lists all DHCP Option Codes that can be used. Add an entry to the DHCP forward list. Sets the relay configuration settings. Print DHCP relay statistics. Modify DHCP relay trace configuration Delete an entry from the DHCP forward list. Flushes the DHCP relay settings. Configure a relay interface. see page 118 see page 119 see page 120 see page 121 see page 122 see page 123 see page 124 see page 125 see page 126 see page 127 see page 128 see page 129 see page 130 see page 131 see page 132 see page 134 see page 135 see page 136 see page 137 see page 138 see page 139 see page 140 see page 141 see page 142 see page 143

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

115

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp relay iflist dhcp relay list dhcp relay modify dhcp relay ruleadd dhcp relay ruledelete dhcp rule add dhcp rule debug traceconfig dhcp rule delete dhcp rule flush dhcp rule list dhcp server config dhcp server debug clear dhcp server debug stats dhcp server debug traceconfig dhcp server flush dhcp server lease add dhcp server lease delete dhcp server lease flush dhcp server lease list dhcp server option flush dhcp server option instadd dhcp server option instdelete dhcp server option instlist dhcp server option ruleadd dhcp server option ruledelete dhcp server option tmpladd dhcp server option tmpldelete dhcp server option tmpllist

Show the configuration of the relay interfaces. List the DHCP forward list. Modify an entry from the DHCP forward list. Add a selection rule to a DHCP forward entry Delete a selection rule from a DHCP forward entry Add a rule for DHCP conditional selection Modify DHCP rule trace configuration Delete a DHCP rule Flush all DHCP rules List all DHCP rules Print DHCP server configuration settings Clear DHCP server statistics Print DHCP server statistics Modify DHCP server trace configuration Flush all DHCP server pool and lease entries Add a DHCP server lease Delete a DHCP server lease Flush all DHCP server leases List all DHCP server leases Flush all DHCP server option templates and instances Add a DHCP server option instance Delete a DHCP server option instance List all DHCP server option instances Add a selection rule to a DHCP server option instance Delete a selection rule from a DHCP server option instance Add a DHCP server option template Delete a DHCP server option template List all DHCP server option templates

see page 144 see page 145 see page 146 see page 147 see page 148 see page 149 see page 151 see page 152 see page 153 see page 154 see page 155 see page 156 see page 157 see page 158 see page 159 see page 160 see page 161 see page 162 see page 163 see page 164 see page 165 see page 166 see page 167 see page 168 see page 169 see page 170 see page 171 see page 172

116

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp server policy dhcp server pool add dhcp server pool config dhcp server pool delete dhcp server pool flush dhcp server pool list dhcp server pool optadd dhcp server pool optdelete dhcp server pool rtadd dhcp server pool rtdelete dhcp server pool ruleadd dhcp server pool ruledelete dhcp spoofing add dhcp spoofing attach dhcp spoofing config dhcp spoofing debug traceconfig dhcp spoofing delete dhcp spoofing detach dhcp spoofing flush dhcp spoofing list dhcp spoofing option-add dhcp spoofing option-delete

Print DHCP server policy settings Add a DHCP server pool Configure a DHCP server pool Delete a DHCP server pool Flush all DHCP server pools List all DHCP server pools Add an option instance to the DHCP server pool Delete an option instance from the DHCP server pool Add a route to the DHCP server pool Delete a route from the DHCP server pool Add a selection rule to the DHCP server pool Delete a selection rule from the DHCP server pool Add a Spoofing-Association Enable a Spoofing-Association Display/modify dhcp spoofing state Display/modify DHCP spoofing trace configuratin Delete a Spoofing-Association Disable a Spoofing-Association Flush all the associations and the options. List the available Spoofing-Associations Add a DHCP Option Code to a SpoofingAssociation. Delete a DHCP Option Code from a SpoofingAssociation.

see page 173 see page 174 see page 175 see page 177 see page 178 see page 179 see page 180 see page 181 see page 182 see page 183 see page 184 see page 185 see page 186 see page 187 see page 188 see page 189 see page 190 see page 191 see page 192 see page 193 see page 194 see page 195

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

117

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp client debug clear


Clear DHCP client statistics

118

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp client debug stats


Print DHCP client statistics

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

119

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp client debug traceconfig


Modify DHCP client trace configuration

SYNTAX:
dhcp client debug traceconfig where: state Enable/Disable tracing. OPTIONAL [state = <{disabled|enabled}>]

120

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp client flush


Delete all DHCP clients.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

121

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp client ifattach


Activate a DHCP client.

SYNTAX:
dhcp client ifattach where: intf The name of the interface on which a DHCP Client is defined. REQUIRED intf = <>

122

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp client ifconfig


Configure a DHCP client.

SYNTAX:
dhcp client ifconfig intf = <> [label = <{None|DSCP|Interactive|Management| Video|VoIP-RTP|VoIP-Signal|default}>] [metric = <number{0-255}>] [dnsmetric = <number{0-100}>] [broadcast = <{disabled|enabled}>] [serverroute = <{disabled|enabled}>] [followlabel = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: intf label metric dnsmetric broadcast serverroute followlabel The name of the dynamic interface to be configured. Label for default gateway and static routes. Route metric for default gateway and static routes. DNS route metric. Operate client in unicast/broadcast mode. Insert a route for the DHCP server IP If enabled the DHCP client's unicast traffic will follow the route label specified. If disabled DHCP unicast traffic will follow standard routes REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

123

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp client ifdelete


Delete a DHCP client.

SYNTAX:
dhcp client ifdelete where: intf The name of the interface on which a DHCP Client is defined. REQUIRED intf = <>

124

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp client ifdetach


De-activate a DHCP client and releases its lease.

SYNTAX:
dhcp client ifdetach where: intf The name of the interface on which a DHCP Client is defined. REQUIRED intf = <>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

125

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp client iflist


List DHCP clients.

SYNTAX:
dhcp client iflist [intf = <>] [expand = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: intf expand The name of the interface on which a DHCP Client is defined. Expand enabled/disabled. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

126

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp client ifrenew


Renew a DHCP lease.

SYNTAX:
dhcp client ifrenew where: intf The name of the interface on which a DHCP Client is defined. REQUIRED intf = <>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

127

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp client rqoptions add


Add a DHCP Option Code to the Parameter Request List.

SYNTAX:
dhcp client rqoptions add intf = <> option = <{subnet-mask|time-offset|defaultrouters|time-servers|ien116-name-impressservers|resource-location-servers|hostname|boot-file-size|merit-dump|domain-name| swap-server|root-path|extensions-path|ipforwarding|non-local-source-routing|policyfilter|max-dgram-reassembly|default-ip-ttl| path-mtu-aging-timeout|path-mtu-plateau-table| interface-mtu|all-subnets-local|broadcastaddress|perform-mask-discovery|mask-supplier| router-discovery|router-solicitation-address| classfull-static-routes|trailer-encapsulation| arp-cache-timeout|ieee802-3-encapsulation| default-tcp-ttl|tcp-keepalive-interval|tcpkeepalive-garbage|nis-domain|nis-servers|ntpservers|vendor-specific_info|netbios-nameservers|netbios-dd-server|netbios-node-type| netbios-scope|font-servers|x-display-manager| dhcp-lease-time|dhcp-server-identifier| dhcp-parameter-request-list|dhcp-renewaltime|dhcp-rebinding-time|nwip-domain|nwipsuboptions|nisplus-domain|nisplus-servers| tftp-server-name|bootfile-name|mobile-ip-homeagent|smtp-server|pop-server|nntp-server|wwwserver|finger-server|irc-server|streettalkserver|streettalk-directory-assistanceserver|slp-directory-agent|slp-service-scope| rapid_commit|client-fqdn|internet-storagename-servers|#84|nds-servers|nds-tree-name| nds-context|#88|#89|dhcp-msg-authentication| client-last-transaction-time|...} or number> [index = <number{0-255}>]

where: intf option index The name of the interface on which a DHCP Client is defined. The name or number of the option. The index of the option. REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL

128

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp client rqoptions delete


Delete a DHCP Option Code from the Parameter Request List.

SYNTAX:
dhcp client rqoptions delete intf = <> option = <{subnet-mask|time-offset|defaultrouters|time-servers|ien116-name-impressservers|resource-location-servers|hostname|boot-file-size|merit-dump|domain-name| swap-server|root-path|extensions-path|ipforwarding|non-local-source-routing|policyfilter|max-dgram-reassembly|default-ip-ttl| path-mtu-aging-timeout|path-mtu-plateau-table| interface-mtu|all-subnets-local|broadcastaddress|perform-mask-discovery|mask-supplier| router-discovery|router-solicitation-address| classfull-static-routes|trailer-encapsulation| arp-cache-timeout|ieee802-3-encapsulation| default-tcp-ttl|tcp-keepalive-interval|tcpkeepalive-garbage|nis-domain|nis-servers|ntpservers|vendor-specific_info|netbios-nameservers|netbios-dd-server|netbios-node-type| netbios-scope|font-servers|x-display-manager| dhcp-lease-time|dhcp-server-identifier| dhcp-parameter-request-list|dhcp-renewaltime|dhcp-rebinding-time|nwip-domain|nwipsuboptions|nisplus-domain|nisplus-servers| tftp-server-name|bootfile-name|mobile-ip-homeagent|smtp-server|pop-server|nntp-server|wwwserver|finger-server|irc-server|streettalkserver|streettalk-directory-assistanceserver|slp-directory-agent|slp-service-scope| rapid_commit|client-fqdn|internet-storagename-servers|#84|nds-servers|nds-tree-name| nds-context|#88|#89|dhcp-msg-authentication| client-last-transaction-time|...} or number>

where: intf option The name of the interface on which a DHCP Client is defined. The name or number of the option. REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

129

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp client rqoptions list


List all DHCP Option Codes in the Parameter Request List.

SYNTAX:
dhcp client rqoptions list where: intf The name of the interface on which a DHCP Client is defined. OPTIONAL [intf = <>]

130

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp client rqoptions optionlist


List all DHCP Option Codes that can be used in the Parameter Request List.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

131

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp client txoptions add


Add an option.

SYNTAX:
dhcp client txoptions add intf = <> option = <{subnet-mask|time-offset|defaultrouters|time-servers|ien116-name-impressservers|resource-location-servers|hostname|boot-file-size|merit-dump|domain-name| swap-server|root-path|extensions-path|ipforwarding|non-local-source-routing|policyfilter|max-dgram-reassembly|default-ip-ttl| path-mtu-aging-timeout|path-mtu-plateau-table| interface-mtu|all-subnets-local|broadcastaddress|perform-mask-discovery|mask-supplier| router-discovery|router-solicitation-address| classfull-static-routes|trailer-encapsulation| arp-cache-timeout|ieee802-3-encapsulation| default-tcp-ttl|tcp-keepalive-interval|tcpkeepalive-garbage|nis-domain|nis-servers| ntp-servers|netbios-name-servers|netbios-ddserver|netbios-node-type|netbios-scope|fontservers|x-display-manager|dhcp-requestedaddress|dhcp-lease-time|dhcp-option-overload| dhcp-max-message-size|dhcp-renewal-time| dhcp-rebinding-time|vendor-class-id|dhcpclient-identifier|nwip-domain|nwip-suboptions| nisplus-domain|nisplus-servers|tftp-servername|bootfile-name|mobile-ip-home-agent|smtpserver|pop-server|nntp-server|www-server| finger-server|irc-server|streettalk-server| streettalk-directory-assistance-server| user-class-identifier|slp-directory-agent| slp-service-scope|rapid_commit|client-fqdn| internet-storage-name-servers|#84|nds-servers| nds-tree-name|nds-context|#88|#89|...} or number> [enterprise = <number{1-2147483647}>] [suboption = <number{1-254}>] value = <Value : (type)value; type being 8bit, 16-bit, 32-bit, addr, > [index = <number{0-255}>]

where: intf option enterprise The name of the interface on which a DHCP Client is defined. The name or number of the option. The enterprise number (see http://www.iana.org/ assignments/enterprise- numbers) REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL

132

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

suboption value index

The suboption number The value of the option. The index of the (sub)option/enterprise number in the Option List.

OPTIONAL REQUIRED OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

133

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp client txoptions delete


Delete an option.

SYNTAX:
dhcp client txoptions delete intf = <> option = <{subnet-mask|time-offset|defaultrouters|time-servers|ien116-name-impressservers|resource-location-servers|hostname|boot-file-size|merit-dump|domain-name| swap-server|root-path|extensions-path|ipforwarding|non-local-source-routing|policyfilter|max-dgram-reassembly|default-ip-ttl| path-mtu-aging-timeout|path-mtu-plateau-table| interface-mtu|all-subnets-local|broadcastaddress|perform-mask-discovery|mask-supplier| router-discovery|router-solicitation-address| classfull-static-routes|trailer-encapsulation| arp-cache-timeout|ieee802-3-encapsulation| default-tcp-ttl|tcp-keepalive-interval|tcpkeepalive-garbage|nis-domain|nis-servers| ntp-servers|netbios-name-servers|netbios-ddserver|netbios-node-type|netbios-scope|fontservers|x-display-manager|dhcp-requestedaddress|dhcp-lease-time|dhcp-option-overload| dhcp-max-message-size|dhcp-renewal-time| dhcp-rebinding-time|vendor-class-id|dhcpclient-identifier|nwip-domain|nwip-suboptions| nisplus-domain|nisplus-servers|tftp-servername|bootfile-name|mobile-ip-home-agent|smtpserver|pop-server|nntp-server|www-server| finger-server|irc-server|streettalk-server| streettalk-directory-assistance-server| user-class-identifier|slp-directory-agent| slp-service-scope|rapid_commit|client-fqdn| internet-storage-name-servers|#84|nds-servers| nds-tree-name|nds-context|#88|#89|...} or number> [enterprise = <number{1-2147483647}>] [suboption = <number{1-254}>]

where: intf option enterprise suboption The name of the interface on which a DHCP Client is defined. The name or number of the option. The enterprise number (see http://www.iana.org/ assignments/enterprise- numbers) The suboption number REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

134

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp client txoptions list


List all options.

SYNTAX:
dhcp client txoptions list [intf = <>] [expand = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: intf expand The name of the interface on which a DHCP Client is defined. Expand enabled/disabled. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

135

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp client txoptions optionlist


Lists all DHCP Option Codes that can be used.

136

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp relay add


Add an entry to the DHCP forward list.

SYNTAX:
dhcp relay add where: name The forward entry name. REQUIRED name = <string>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

137

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp relay config


Sets the relay configuration settings.

SYNTAX:
dhcp relay config [agentinfo = <{disabled|enabled}>] [agentmismatch = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: agentinfo agentmismatch Set the relay agent info status (RFC3046). Forward/Drop DHCP reply packet when a relay agent info mismatch is detected (RFC3046). OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

138

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp relay debug stats


Print DHCP relay statistics.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

139

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp relay debug traceconfig


Modify DHCP relay trace configuration

SYNTAX:
dhcp relay debug traceconfig where: state Enable/Disable tracing. OPTIONAL [state = <{disabled|enabled}>]

140

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp relay delete


Delete an entry from the DHCP forward list.

SYNTAX:
dhcp relay delete where: name The forward entry name. REQUIRED name = <{LocalNetwork_to_127.0.0.1}>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

141

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp relay flush


Flushes the DHCP relay settings.

142

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp relay ifconfig


Configure a relay interface.

SYNTAX:
dhcp relay ifconfig intf = <{LocalNetwork|Internet}> [relay = <{disabled|enabled}>] [maxhops = <number{0-16}>] [remoteid = <password>] [trusted = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: intf relay maxhops remoteid trusted The name of the relay interface to configure. Set the relay status. Set the maximum number of hops allowed in the DHCP packet. Set the remote id as specified in RFC3046. Drop/Forward DHCP request packet when a relay agent info option is present and the giaddr field is 0 (RFC3046). REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

143

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp relay iflist


Show the configuration of the relay interfaces.

SYNTAX:
dhcp relay iflist where: intf The name of the relay interface. OPTIONAL [intf = <{LocalNetwork|Internet}>]

144

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp relay list


List the DHCP forward list.

SYNTAX:
dhcp relay list where: name The forward entry name. OPTIONAL [name = <{LocalNetwork_to_127.0.0.1}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

145

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp relay modify


Modify an entry from the DHCP forward list.

SYNTAX:
dhcp relay modify name = <{LocalNetwork_to_127.0.0.1}> [addr = <ip-address>] [intf = <{None|LocalNetwork|Internet}>] [giaddr = <ip-address>] [script = <>]

where: name addr intf giaddr script The forward entry name. The DHCP server IP address. The name of the relay interface, 'None' to indicate no interface is specified. The giaddr field to be used in relayed DHCP packets. Script to be run when the forward entry is hit. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

146

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp relay ruleadd


Add a selection rule to a DHCP forward entry

SYNTAX:
dhcp relay ruleadd name = <{LocalNetwork_to_127.0.0.1}> [key = <{or|and}>] rulename = <>

where: name key rulename The name of the forward entry. The logical key of the selection rule. The name of the DHCP selection rule. REQUIRED OPTIONAL REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

147

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp relay ruledelete


Delete a selection rule from a DHCP forward entry

SYNTAX:
dhcp relay ruledelete name = <{LocalNetwork_to_127.0.0.1}> rulename = <>

where: name rulename The name of the forward entry. The name of the DHCP selection rule. REQUIRED REQUIRED

148

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp rule add


Add a rule for DHCP conditional selection

SYNTAX:
dhcp rule add name = <string> type = <{option|mac|root}> option [!] = <{subnet-mask|time-offset| default-routers|time-servers|ien116-servers| impress-servers|resource-location-servers| host-name|boot-file-size|merit-dump|domainname|swap-server|root-path|extensions-path| ip-forwarding|non-local-source-routing|policyfilter|max-dgram-reassembly|default-ip-ttl| path-mtu-aging-timeout|path-mtu-plateau-table| interface-mtu|all-subnets-local|broadcastaddress|perform-mask-discovery|mask-supplier| router-discovery|router-solicitation-address| classfull-static-routes|trailer-encapsulation| arp-cache-timeout|ieee802-3-encapsulation| default-tcp-ttl|tcp-keepalive-interval|tcpkeepalive-garbage|nis-domain|nis-servers| ntp-servers|vendor-specific_info|netbiosname-servers|netbios-dd-server|netbios-nodetype|netbios-scope|font-servers|x-displaymanager|requested-ip|dhcp-lease-time|dhcpoverload-indication|dhcp-msg-type|dhcp-serveridentifier|dhcp-parameter-request-list|dhcptext-msg|dhcp-max-msg-size|dhcp-renewal-time| dhcp-rebinding-time|vendor-class-identifier| client-identifier|nwip-domain|nwip-suboptions| nisplus-domain|nisplus-servers|tftp-servername|bootfile-name|mobile-ip-home-agent|smtpserver|pop-server|nntp-server|www-server| finger-server|irc-server|streettalk-server| streettalk-directory-assistance-server|userclass-identifier|slp-directory-agent|slpservice-scope|...} or number> [enterprise = <number{1-2147483647}>] [suboption = <number{1-254}>] [value = <Value : (type)value; type being addr, ascii, byte_array, >] [match = <{exactly|as_substring}>] mac [!] = <hardware-address with wildcard ex: '00:9f:aa:*:*:*'> [key = <{or|and}>] subrule = <>

where: name The name of the DHCP rule. REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

149

DHCP COMMANDS

type option [!]

Specify the DHCP rule type. The name or number of the option. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT.

REQUIRED REQUIRED

enterprise suboption value match mac [!]

The enterprise number (see http://www.iana.org/ assignments/enterprise- numbers) The suboption number The value of the option. The option value matching. The mac address. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT.

OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL REQUIRED

key subrule

The logical key of the subrule. The name of the DHCP subrule.

OPTIONAL REQUIRED

150

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp rule debug traceconfig


Modify DHCP rule trace configuration

SYNTAX:
dhcp rule debug traceconfig where: state Enable/Disable tracing. OPTIONAL [state = <{disabled|enabled}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

151

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp rule delete


Delete a DHCP rule

SYNTAX:
dhcp rule delete name = <> subrule = <>

where: name subrule The name of the DHCP rule. The name of the DHCP subrule. REQUIRED REQUIRED

152

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp rule flush


Flush all DHCP rules

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

153

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp rule list


List all DHCP rules

154

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp server config


Print DHCP server configuration settings

SYNTAX:
dhcp server config where: state Enable/Disable the DHCP server. OPTIONAL [state = <{disabled|enabled}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

155

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp server debug clear


Clear DHCP server statistics

156

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp server debug stats


Print DHCP server statistics

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

157

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp server debug traceconfig


Modify DHCP server trace configuration

SYNTAX:
dhcp server debug traceconfig where: state Enable/Disable tracing. OPTIONAL [state = <{disabled|enabled}>]

158

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp server flush


Flush all DHCP server pool and lease entries

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

159

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp server lease add


Add a DHCP server lease

SYNTAX:
dhcp server lease add clientid = <clientid> pool = <{LAN_private}> [addr = <ip-address>] [offset = <number>] [lifetime = <number>] [leasetime = <number>] [gateway = <ip-address|0|none>] [macaddr = <hardware-address>] [allocation = <{automatic|manual}>]

where: clientid pool addr offset lifetime leasetime gateway macaddr allocation The DHCP client identification string. The name of the DHCP server pool. The IP address for this client. The IP address offset in the pool preserved for this client. The time in seconds the DHCP server keeps the lease reserved (tip: 0 means infinite lifetime). The time in seconds the client is allowed to use an address (tip: 0 means infinite leasetime). The IP address of the default router for this client. The host MAC address. Define the client IP address allocation method (tip : automatic means the lease can be recycled). REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

160

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp server lease delete


Delete a DHCP server lease

SYNTAX:
dhcp server lease delete [clientid = <clientid>] [index = <number>]

where: clientid index The DHCP client identification string. The DHCP server lease table index. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

161

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp server lease flush


Flush all DHCP server leases

SYNTAX:
dhcp server lease flush where: pool The name of the DHCP server pool. Only the leases belonging to this pool will be deleted. OPTIONAL [pool = <{LAN_private}>]

162

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp server lease list


List all DHCP server leases

SYNTAX:
dhcp server lease list [clientid = <clientid>] [index = <number>] [expand = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: clientid index expand The DHCP client identification string. The DHCP server lease table index. Expand enabled/disabled. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

163

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp server option flush


Flush all DHCP server option templates and instances

164

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp server option instadd


Add a DHCP server option instance

SYNTAX:
dhcp server option instadd name = <string> tmplname = <> [policy = <{requested|always|rules}>] [dynamic = <{disabled|enabled}>] [maxuse = <number{1-255}>] [enterprise = <number{1-2147483647}>] [suboption = <number{1-254}>] value = <Value : (type)value; type being 8bit, 16-bit, 32-bit, addr, >

where: name tmplname policy dynamic maxuse enterprise suboption value The name of the DHCP server option instance. The name of the DHCP server option template. The transmit policy type for the DHCP server option instance. Enable/Disable option instance as dynamic. Maximum number of times an option instance can be used in DHCP pools The enterprise number (see http://www.iana.org/ assignments/enterprise- numbers) The suboption number The value of the DHCP server option instance. REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

165

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp server option instdelete


Delete a DHCP server option instance

SYNTAX:
dhcp server option instdelete name = <> [enterprise = <number{1--1}>] [suboption = <number{1-254}>]

where: name enterprise suboption The name of the DHCP server option instance. The enterprise number (see http://www.iana.org/ assignments/enterprise- numbers) The suboption number REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

166

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp server option instlist


List all DHCP server option instances

SYNTAX:
dhcp server option instlist where: name The name of the DHCP server option instance. OPTIONAL [name = <>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

167

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp server option ruleadd


Add a selection rule to a DHCP server option instance

SYNTAX:
dhcp server option ruleadd name = <> [key = <{or|and}>] rulename = <>

where: name key rulename The name of the DHCP server option instance. The logical key of the selection rule. The name of the DHCP selection rule. REQUIRED OPTIONAL REQUIRED

168

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp server option ruledelete


Delete a selection rule from a DHCP server option instance

SYNTAX:
dhcp server option ruledelete name = <> rulename = <>

where: name rulename The name of the DHCP server option instance. The name of the DHCP selection rule. REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

169

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp server option tmpladd


Add a DHCP server option template

SYNTAX:
dhcp server option tmpladd name = <string> optionid = <number{1-254}> [dynamic = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: name optionid dynamic The name of the DHCP server option template. Specify the DHCP server option code. Enable/Disable option template as dynamic. REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL

170

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp server option tmpldelete


Delete a DHCP server option template

SYNTAX:
dhcp server option tmpldelete where: name The name of the DHCP server option template. REQUIRED name = <>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

171

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp server option tmpllist


List all DHCP server option templates

172

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp server policy


Print DHCP server policy settings

SYNTAX:
dhcp server policy [verifyfirst [trustclient [rtbehaviour [ackinform = = <{disabled|enabled}>] = <{disabled|enabled}>] = <{traditional|standard|msft}>] <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: verifyfirst trustclient rtbehaviour Enable/Disable IP address conflict network probing before handing out an address to a client. Whether or not the IP address suggested by a DHCP client should be taken into account. Define the DHCP Server's route options behaviour. The options that are involved are: 3, 33, 121 and 249. "Traditional" will return 3 and/or 33; "standard" will return 3 and/or 33 or 121; "msft" will return 3 and/or 33 or 121 or 249 Enable/Disable DHCP inform acknowledgement for an unknown lease OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

ackinform

OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

173

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp server pool add


Add a DHCP server pool

SYNTAX:
dhcp server pool add name = <string> [index = <number>]

where: name index The name of the DHCP server pool. The number of the pool before which you want the new pool to be added. REQUIRED OPTIONAL

174

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp server pool config


Configure a DHCP server pool

SYNTAX:
dhcp server pool config name = <{LAN_private}> [state = <{disabled|enabled}>] [allocation = <{dynamic|automatic}>] [intf = <{Internet|LocalNetwork}>] [index = <number>] [poolstart = <ip-address>] [poolend = <ip-address>] [netmask = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>] [gateway = <ip-address|0|none>] [server = <ip-address|none>] [primdns = <ip-address|none>] [secdns = <ip-address|none>] [primwins = <ip-address|none>] [secwins = <ip-address|none>] [leasetime = <number{0-1814400}>] [renewtime = <number{0-1814400}>] [rebindtime = <number{0-1814400}>] [lockouttime = <number{0-1814400}>] [unnumbered = <{disabled|enabled}>] [localgw = <{disabled|enabled}>] [localdns = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: name state allocation The name of the DHCP server pool. Enable/Disable the DHCP server pool admin state. Define the DHCP Server's pool allocation method (tip : automatic means the IP address becomes reserved for the lease). The interface for which the pool is allowed to lease IP addresses. The number of the pool before which you want the new pool to be added. The DHCP server pool start IP address. The DHCP server pool end IP address. The DHCP server pool netmask. The IP address of the default router for DHCP clients. The IP address of the DHCP server for DHCP clients. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

intf index poolstart poolend netmask gateway server

OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

175

DHCP COMMANDS

primdns secdns primwins secwins leasetime renewtime rebindtime lockouttime unnumbered localgw localdns

The IP address of the primary DNS server for DHCP clients. The IP address of the secondary DNS server for DHCP clients. The IP address of the primary WINS server for DHCP clients. The IP address of the secondary WINS server for DHCP clients. The time in seconds a client is allowed to use an address (tip: 0 means infinite lease). The time in seconds before a client switches to renewing. The time in seconds before a client switches to rebinding. The time in seconds before a stopped lease becomes available again (tip: 0 means infinite lockout time). Assign an IP address from this pool to the DHCP server or not (ppp pools only). Proxy for a virtual default gateway residing in same subnet of DHCP client instead of the remote peer address. Enable/Disable the transmission of the local DNS server in the DNS server option.

OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

176

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp server pool delete


Delete a DHCP server pool

SYNTAX:
dhcp server pool delete where: name The name of the DHCP server pool. REQUIRED name = <{LAN_private}>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

177

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp server pool flush


Flush all DHCP server pools

178

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp server pool list


List all DHCP server pools

SYNTAX:
dhcp server pool list where: name The name of the DHCP server pool. OPTIONAL [name = <{LAN_private}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

179

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp server pool optadd


Add an option instance to the DHCP server pool

SYNTAX:
dhcp server pool optadd name = <{LAN_private}> instname = <>

where: name instname The name of the DHCP server pool. The name of the DHCP server option instance. REQUIRED REQUIRED

180

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp server pool optdelete


Delete an option instance from the DHCP server pool

SYNTAX:
dhcp server pool optdelete name = <{LAN_private}> instname = <>

where: name instname The name of the DHCP server pool. The name of the DHCP server option instance. REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

181

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp server pool rtadd


Add a route to the DHCP server pool

SYNTAX:
dhcp server pool rtadd name = <{LAN_private}> dst = <ip-address> [dstmsk = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>] [gateway = <ip-address|0>]

where: name dst dstmsk gateway The name of the DHCP server pool. The IP destination address of the route for DHCP clients. The destination IP address mask. The IP address of the next hop. Must be directly connected to the DHCP client REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

182

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp server pool rtdelete


Delete a route from the DHCP server pool

SYNTAX:
dhcp server pool rtdelete name = <{LAN_private}> dst = <ip-address> [dstmsk = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>] [gateway = <ip-address|0>]

where: name dst dstmsk gateway The name of the DHCP server pool. The IP destination address of the route for DHCP clients. The destination IP address mask. The IP address of the next hop. Must be directly connected to the DHCP client REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

183

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp server pool ruleadd


Add a selection rule to the DHCP server pool

SYNTAX:
dhcp server pool ruleadd name = <{LAN_private}> [key = <{or|and}>] rulename = <>

where: name key rulename The name of the DHCP server pool. The logical key of the selection rule. The name of the DHCP selection rule. REQUIRED OPTIONAL REQUIRED

184

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp server pool ruledelete


Delete a selection rule from the DHCP server pool

SYNTAX:
dhcp server pool ruledelete name = <{LAN_private}> rulename = <>

where: name rulename The name of the DHCP server pool. The name of the DHCP selection rule. REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

185

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp spoofing add


Add a Spoofing-Association

SYNTAX:
dhcp spoofing add name = <string> pool_name = <{LAN_private}> ifname = <>

where: name pool_name ifname The name of the Association. The name of the pool to be associated. The name of the interface on which a DHCP Client is defined. REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED

186

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp spoofing attach


Enable a Spoofing-Association

SYNTAX:
dhcp spoofing attach where: name The name of the Association. REQUIRED name = <{|||}>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

187

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp spoofing config


Display/modify dhcp spoofing state

SYNTAX:
dhcp spoofing config where: state Enable/Disable spoofing. OPTIONAL [state = <{enabled|disabled}>]

188

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp spoofing debug traceconfig


Display/modify DHCP spoofing trace configuratin

SYNTAX:
dhcp spoofing debug traceconfig where: state Add a DNS server. Enable/Disable tracing.Command: dns client dnsadd Syntax : dnsadd addr = <string> [port = <number>] OPTIONAL REQUIRED [state = <{disabled|enabled}>] Add a DNS server. = <{disabled|enabled}>

SYNTAX:
dhcp spoofing debug traceconfig where: addr port The DNS server IP address. The DNS server port number. REQUIRED OPTIONAL addr = <string> [port = <number>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

189

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp spoofing delete


Delete a Spoofing-Association

SYNTAX:
dhcp spoofing delete where: name The name of the Association. REQUIRED name = <{|||}>

190

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp spoofing detach


Disable a Spoofing-Association

SYNTAX:
dhcp spoofing detach where: name The name of the Association. REQUIRED name = <{|||}>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

191

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp spoofing flush


Flush all the associations and the options.

192

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp spoofing list


List the available Spoofing-Associations

SYNTAX:
dhcp spoofing list where: name The name of the Association. OPTIONAL [name = <{|||}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

193

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp spoofing option-add


Add a DHCP Option Code to a Spoofing-Association.

SYNTAX:
dhcp spoofing option-add name = <{|||}> option = <}>

where: name option The name of the Association. The option id. REQUIRED REQUIRED

194

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DHCP COMMANDS

dhcp spoofing option-delete


Delete a DHCP Option Code from a Spoofing-Association.

SYNTAX:
dhcp spoofing option-delete name = <{|||}> option = <}>

where: name option The name of the Association. The option id. REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

195

DNS COMMANDS

196

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DNS COMMANDS

dns Commands
dns client config dns client dnsdelete dns client dnslist dns client flush dns client nslookup dns server config dns server debug clear dns server debug spoof clear dns server debug spoof getaddress dns server debug spoof getflags dns server debug spoof list dns server debug spoof update dns server debug stats dns server flush dns server host add dns server host delete dns server host flush dns server host list dns server route add dns server route delete dns server route flush dns server route list Modify the DNS resolver configuration. Delete a DNS server. List all DNS servers. Remove all DNS servers. DNS lookup for a domain name or an address. DNS server configuration settings Clear the DNS server/forwarder statistics. Clear the intercept cache table Get the real ip for the given spoofed ip Get the error flags for the given spoofed ip List the intercept cache table. update the intercept cache table Print the DNS server/forwarder statistics. Flush all local DNS hosts and routes. Add a local DNS host Delete a local DNS host Flush all local DNS hosts List all local DNS hosts Creates a DNS forwarding entry or template Deletes a DNS forwarding entry or template Removes all DNS forwarding entries and templates Lists all DNS forwarding entries and templates see page 198 see page 199 see page 200 see page 201 see page 202 see page 203 see page 204 see page 205 see page 206 see page 207 see page 208 see page 209 see page 210 see page 211 see page 212 see page 213 see page 214 see page 215 see page 216 see page 217 see page 218 see page 219

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

197

DNS COMMANDS

dns client config


Modify the DNS resolver configuration.

SYNTAX:
dns client config [timeout = <number{1-900}>] [retry = <number{0-10}>] [state = <{disabled|enabled}>] [search = <{disabled|enabled}>] [list = <string>] [trace = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: timeout retry state search list trace The query timeout in seconds. The number of query retries before giving up. Enable/disable the DNS client. Use the searchlist to construct fully qualified domain names. Slash separated list of domain name suffixes. Enable or disable verbose logging. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

198

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DNS COMMANDS

dns client dnsdelete


Delete a DNS server.

SYNTAX:
dns client dnsdelete where: index The index number (shown by the 'list' command) of the server to delete. REQUIRED index = <number{1-99}>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

199

DNS COMMANDS

dns client dnslist


List all DNS servers.

200

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DNS COMMANDS

dns client flush


Remove all DNS servers.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

201

DNS COMMANDS

dns client nslookup


DNS lookup for a domain name or an address.

SYNTAX:
dns client nslookup where: host The DNS domain name string to query. REQUIRED host = <string>

202

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DNS COMMANDS

dns server config


DNS server configuration settings

SYNTAX:
dns server config [domain = <string>] [timeout = <number{0-120}>] [suppress = <number{0-400}>] [state = <{disabled|enabled}>] [trace = <{disabled|enabled}>] [syslog = <{disabled|enabled}>] [WANDownSpoofing = <{disabled|enabled}>] [WDSpoofedIP = <ip-address>]

where: domain timeout suppress state trace syslog WANDownSpoofing WDSpoofedIP The DNS server domain name. The forwarded DNS query timeout. Suppress not more than specified amount of remote DNS server errors. Enable/disable the local DNS server/forwarder. Enable/disable verbose console logging. Enable/disable SYSLOG for DNS events. Enable/disable DNS spoofing when no applicable forwarding route present. IP address used for spoofing when WANDownSpoofing enabled. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

203

DNS COMMANDS

dns server debug clear


Clear the DNS server/forwarder statistics.

204

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DNS COMMANDS

dns server debug spoof clear


Clear the intercept cache table

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

205

DNS COMMANDS

dns server debug spoof getaddress


Get the real ip for the given spoofed ip

SYNTAX:
dns server debug spoof getaddress where: addr The spoofed ip to look up. REQUIRED addr = <ip-address>

206

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DNS COMMANDS

dns server debug spoof getflags


Get the error flags for the given spoofed ip

SYNTAX:
dns server debug spoof getflags where: addr The spoofed ip to look up. REQUIRED addr = <ip-address>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

207

DNS COMMANDS

dns server debug spoof list


List the intercept cache table.

208

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DNS COMMANDS

dns server debug spoof update


update the intercept cache table

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

209

DNS COMMANDS

dns server debug stats


Print the DNS server/forwarder statistics.

210

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DNS COMMANDS

dns server flush


Flush all local DNS hosts and routes.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

211

DNS COMMANDS

dns server host add


Add a local DNS host

SYNTAX:
dns server host add name = <string> [addr = <ip-address>] [ttl = <p-address>]

where: name addr ttl The name of an IP host to add. The IP address of the host. The lifetime of the host. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

212

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DNS COMMANDS

dns server host delete


Delete a local DNS host

SYNTAX:
dns server host delete where: name The name of an IP host to delete. REQUIRED name = <string>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

213

DNS COMMANDS

dns server host flush


Flush all local DNS hosts

214

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DNS COMMANDS

dns server host list


List all local DNS hosts

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

215

DNS COMMANDS

dns server route add


Creates a DNS forwarding entry or template

SYNTAX:
dns server route add dns = <ip-address> [src = <ip-address>] [srcmask = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>] [domain = <string>] [metric = <number{0-100}>] [label = <{None|DSCP|Interactive|Management| Video|VoIP-RTP|VoIP-Signal|default}>] [intf = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}>]

where: dns The IP address of a DNS server. If 0.0.0.0 is used, the entry becomes a DNS-Template which is instantiated if DNS Server IPs are configured on an IP interface. If specified, only DNS queries from machines of which the source IP address matches the source prefix of the DNS entry will be forwarded to the corresponding DNS server. The IP address mask for the source prefix. Domain matching string. If configured, only those DNS queries of which the domain name in the query matches with the string configured for the entry will be forwarded to the corresponding DNS Server. Maximum string length: 62 characters The metric for the DNS entry. The DNS Entry List is sorted on DNS Metric; the lower the metric, the higher the priority of the entry. The label associated with the DNS entry or DNS Template. The interface associated with the DNS entry or DNS Template. REQUIRED

src

OPTIONAL

srcmask domain

OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

metric

OPTIONAL

label intf

OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

216

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DNS COMMANDS

dns server route delete


Deletes a DNS forwarding entry or template

SYNTAX:
dns server route delete dns = <ip-address> [domain = <string>] [intf = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}>]

where: dns domain intf The IP address of a DNS server. The DNS domain string. The interface associated with the DNS entry or DNS Template. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

217

DNS COMMANDS

dns server route flush


Removes all DNS forwarding entries and templates

218

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DNS COMMANDS

dns server route list


Lists all DNS forwarding entries and templates

SYNTAX:
dns server route list where: state DSD framework operation mode OPTIONAL [state = <{disabled|enabled|automatic}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

219

DSD COMMANDS

220

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DSD COMMANDS

dsd Commands
dsd debug config dsd debug connection list dsd debug proxy dsd debug recycling dsd debug stats dsd intercept config dsd syslog config dsd syslog list dsd urlfilter config dsd urlfilter rule add dsd urlfilter rule delete dsd urlfilter rule flush dsd urlfilter rule list dsd urlfilter rule modify dsd webfilter cache flush dsd webfilter cache stats dsd webfilter config dsd webfilter list dsd webfilter professional category add dsd webfilter professional category create dsd webfilter professional category delete dsd webfilter professional category flush dsd webfilter professional category list dsd webfilter professional category remove dsd webfilter professional config dsd webfilter professional level add dsd webfilter professional level delete dsd webfilter professional level flush Add a new web filtering level Delete a web filtering level Delete all levels Display/modify DSD debug settings Display internal connection pool usage Display/modify HTTPI fixed proxy settings Display/modify HTTPI recycling settings Display/clear DSD framework and module statistics Display/modify HTTP Intercept configuration Display/modify HTTPI logging configuration Display HTTPI log file Display/modify url filtering configuration Add a rule Remove a rule Remove all current rules Display a list of current rules Modify an existing rule Empty internal cache Display cache statistics Configure web filter Display web filter license state Add a category to a group Create a category or group Delete a category or group Delete all categories and groups List all categories and groups Remove a category from a group see page 223 see page 224 see page 225 see page 226 see page 227 see page 228 see page 229 see page 230 see page 231 see page 232 see page 233 see page 234 see page 235 see page 236 see page 237 see page 238 see page 239 see page 240 see page 241 see page 242 see page 243 see page 244 see page 245 see page 246 see page 247 see page 248 see page 249 see page 250

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

221

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter professional level list dsd webfilter professional level modify dsd webfilter professional level set dsd webfilter professional rule clear dsd webfilter professional rule list dsd webfilter professional rule modify dsd webfilter server add dsd webfilter server config dsd webfilter server delete dsd webfilter server flush dsd webfilter server list dsd webfilter server modify dsd webfilter standard category add dsd webfilter standard category create dsd webfilter standard category delete dsd webfilter standard category flush dsd webfilter standard category list dsd webfilter standard category remove dsd webfilter standard config dsd webfilter standard level add dsd webfilter standard level delete dsd webfilter standard level flush dsd webfilter standard level list dsd webfilter standard level modify dsd webfilter standard level set dsd webfilter standard rule clear dsd webfilter standard rule list dsd webfilter standard rule modify

Display levels Modify a web filtering level Set current web filtering level Reset level to default rule List all rules Modify a rule Add a web filter server Configure web filter server Delete a web filter server Flush server list List all web filter servers Modify a web filter server Add a category to a group Create a category or group Delete a category or group Delete all categories and groups List all categories and groups Remove a category from a group

see page 251 see page 252 see page 253 see page 254 see page 255 see page 256 see page 257 see page 258 see page 259 see page 260 see page 261 see page 262 see page 263 see page 264 see page 265 see page 266 see page 267 see page 268 see page 269

Add a new web filtering level Delete a web filtering level Delete all levels Display levels Modify a web filtering level Set current web filtering level Reset level to default rule List all rules Modify a rule

see page 270 see page 271 see page 272 see page 273 see page 274 see page 275 see page 276 see page 277 see page 278

222

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DSD COMMANDS

dsd debug config


Display/modify DSD debug settings

SYNTAX:
dsd debug config where: turbomode Enable/disable turbomode OPTIONAL [turbomode = <{disabled|enabled}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

223

DSD COMMANDS

dsd debug connection list


Display internal connection pool usage

SYNTAX:
dsd debug connection list where: expand Expanded listing. OPTIONAL [expand = <{disabled|enabled}>]

224

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DSD COMMANDS

dsd debug proxy


Display/modify HTTPI fixed proxy settings

SYNTAX:
dsd debug proxy [state = <{disabled|enabled}>] [dest = <ip-address>] [port = <{undefined|at-echo|at-nbp|at-rtmp|atzis|auth|bgp|biff|bootpc|finger|ftp|ftp-data| gopher|h323|httpproxy|ike|ils|imap2|imap3| ingres-net|ipcserver|ipx|irc-o|irc-u|kerberos| ldap|login|netbios-dgm|netbios-ns|netbiosssn|netwall|netware-ip|new-rwho|nfds|nicname| nntp|ntalk|ntp|pcmail-srv|pop2|pop3|printer| qotd|realaudio|rip|rtelnet|rtsp|sip|smtp|snmp| snmptrap|snpp|sntp|sql*net|sql-net|sqlserv| sunrpc|syslog|systat|talk|telnet|time|timed| tftp|ulistserv|utime|uucp|uucp-rlogin|who|wwwhttp|whoami|xwindows} or number>]

where: state dest port Enable/disable fixed proxy redirecting Destination IP where requests will be forwarded to Port used for connecting to the proxy IP OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

225

DSD COMMANDS

dsd debug recycling


Display/modify HTTPI recycling settings

SYNTAX:
dsd debug recycling [state = <{disabled|enabled}>] [interval = <number>] [httpidle = <number>] [otheridle = <number>]

where: state interval httpidle otheridle Enable/disable stream recycling Time between successive activity checks Minimal idle count for recycling (filtered) http streams Minimal idle count for recycling other streams OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

226

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DSD COMMANDS

dsd debug stats


Display/clear DSD framework and module statistics

SYNTAX:
dsd debug stats [name = <{intercept|urlfilter|recycling| syslog|all}>] [clear = <{no|yes}>]

where: name clear Specify the name of a module Clear the specified statistics OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

227

DSD COMMANDS

dsd intercept config


Display/modify HTTP Intercept configuration

SYNTAX:
dsd intercept config [WDSpoofedIP = <ip-address>] [servertimeout = <number>] [connecterrorurl = <string>] [categoryerrorurl = <string>] [monitorintercepturl = <string>] [unauthorizedrequrl = <string>] [imageredirect = <{disabled|enabled}>] [imageredirecturl = <string>] [alwaysuseip = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: WDSpoofedIP servertimeout connecterrorurl categoryerrorurl monitorintercepturl unauthorizedrequrl imageredirect imageredirecturl alwaysuseip IP address indicating unavailable WAN connection. Server timeout for redirect action Destination url when connection to server failed Destination url when connection to category server failed Destination url when request is intercepted by monitor thread Destination url when requested url is blocked by some rule or setting Enable/disable substituting blocked images URL of image used when substituting blocked images Always use ip address when redirecting to a local page OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

228

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DSD COMMANDS

dsd syslog config


Display/modify HTTPI logging configuration

SYNTAX:
dsd syslog config [syslog = <{none|unauthorized|errors| intercepted|all}>]

where: syslog Define which type of events to log OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

229

DSD COMMANDS

dsd syslog list


Display HTTPI log file

230

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DSD COMMANDS

dsd urlfilter config


Display/modify url filtering configuration

SYNTAX:
dsd urlfilter config [state = <{disabled|enabled}>] [blockproxy = <{disabled|enabled}>] [blockipaddress = <{disabled|enabled}>] [blockobscuredip = <{disabled|enabled}>] [defaultaction = <{block|accept}>]

where: state blockproxy blockipaddress blockobscuredip defaultaction Enable/disable url filtering Block HTTP requests via a proxy server Block HTTP requests if host name is IP address Block HTTP requests if host name is believed to be an IP address Action to perform when no filter applicable. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

231

DSD COMMANDS

dsd urlfilter rule add


Add a rule

SYNTAX:
dsd urlfilter rule add url = <string> action = <{block|accept|redirect}> redirect = <string>

where: url action redirect Definition of the url filter Action to perform when url matches url Redirection url REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED

232

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DSD COMMANDS

dsd urlfilter rule delete


Remove a rule

SYNTAX:
dsd urlfilter rule delete index = <number> [url = <string>]

where: index url Insertion position in the list Definition of the url filter REQUIRED OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

233

DSD COMMANDS

dsd urlfilter rule flush


Remove all current rules

234

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DSD COMMANDS

dsd urlfilter rule list


Display a list of current rules

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

235

DSD COMMANDS

dsd urlfilter rule modify


Modify an existing rule

SYNTAX:
dsd urlfilter rule modify index = <number> [newurl = <string>] action = <{block|accept|redirect}> redirect = <string>

where: index newurl action redirect Insertion position in the list Definition of the new url filter Action to perform when url matches url Redirection url REQUIRED OPTIONAL REQUIRED REQUIRED

236

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter cache flush


Empty internal cache

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

237

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter cache stats


Display cache statistics

SYNTAX:
dsd webfilter cache stats where: expand More detailed statistics. OPTIONAL [expand = <{disabled|enabled}>]

238

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter config


Configure web filter

SYNTAX:
dsd webfilter config [state = <{enabled|disabled}>] [serverunreachable = <{block-all|accept-all}>] [uncategorized = <{block|accept}>] [license = <{none|trial|standard| professional}>] [ticket = <string>] [sessionkey = <string>]

where: state serverunreachable uncategorized license ticket sessionkey Enable or disable the web filter Block or allow requests when the categorization server is unreachable Block or allow requests for which no category is available OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

239

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter list


Display web filter license state

240

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter professional category add


Add a category to a group

SYNTAX:
dsd webfilter professional category add where: destid srcid Destination category or group Category ID to add REQUIRED REQUIRED destid = <number> srcid = <number>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

241

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter professional category create


Create a category or group

SYNTAX:
dsd webfilter professional category create id = <number> name = <quoted string> type = <{category|group}>

where: id name type Unique local ID for the category/group Friendly name REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED

242

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter professional category delete


Delete a category or group

SYNTAX:
dsd webfilter professional category delete where: id Unique local ID for the category/group REQUIRED id = <number>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

243

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter professional category flush


Delete all categories and groups

244

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter professional category list


List all categories and groups

SYNTAX:
dsd webfilter professional category list where: type OPTIONAL [type = <{category|group}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

245

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter professional category remove


Remove a category from a group

SYNTAX:
dsd webfilter professional category remove where: destid srcid Destination category or group Category ID to add REQUIRED REQUIRED destid = <number> srcid = <number>

246

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter professional config


SYNTAX:
dsd webfilter professional config where: listversion validcatmask OPTIONAL OPTIONAL [listversion = <string>] [validcatmask = <string>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

247

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter professional level add


Add a new web filtering level

SYNTAX:
dsd webfilter professional level add index = <number> name = <string> [text = <quoted string>] [otherurls = <{block|accept}>]

where: index name text otherurls Level index (-1 for next available) Content category level name Friendly description Block or allow requests that do not belong to a specific category REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

248

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter professional level delete


Delete a web filtering level

SYNTAX:
dsd webfilter professional level delete index = <number> name = <string> [text = <quoted string>] [otherurls = <{block|accept}>]

where: index name text otherurls Level index (-1 for next available) Content category level name Friendly description Block or allow requests that do not belong to a specific category REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

249

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter professional level flush


Delete all levels

250

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter professional level list


Display levels

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

251

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter professional level modify


Modify a web filtering level

SYNTAX:
dsd webfilter professional level modify index = <number> name = <string> [text = <quoted string>] [otherurls = <{block|accept}>]

where: index name text otherurls Level index (-1 for next available) Content category level name Friendly description Block or allow requests that do not belong to a specific category REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

252

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter professional level set


Set current web filtering level

SYNTAX:
dsd webfilter professional level set where: name Name of the current category level REQUIRED name = <string>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

253

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter professional rule clear


Reset level to default rule

SYNTAX:
dsd webfilter professional rule clear where: level Level name REQUIRED level = <string>

254

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter professional rule list


List all rules

SYNTAX:
dsd webfilter professional rule list where: level Level name OPTIONAL [level = <string>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

255

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter professional rule modify


Modify a rule

SYNTAX:
dsd webfilter professional rule modify level = <string> [id = <number>] action = <{block|accept}>

where: level id action Level name Server category ID REQUIRED OPTIONAL REQUIRED

256

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter server add


Add a web filter server

SYNTAX:
dsd webfilter server add [index = <number>] address = <ip-address> port = <{undefined|at-echo|at-nbp|at-rtmp|atzis|auth|bgp|biff|bootpc|finger|ftp|ftp-data| gopher|h323|httpproxy|ike|ils|imap2|imap3| ingres-net|ipcserver|ipx|irc-o|irc-u|kerberos| ldap|login|netbios-dgm|netbios-ns|netbiosssn|netwall|netware-ip|new-rwho|nfds|nicname| nntp|ntalk|ntp|pcmail-srv|pop2|pop3|printer| qotd|realaudio|rip|rtelnet|rtsp|sip|smtp|snmp| snmptrap|snpp|sntp|sql*net|sql-net|sqlserv| sunrpc|syslog|systat|talk|telnet|time|timed| tftp|ulistserv|utime|uucp|uucp-rlogin|who|wwwhttp|whoami|xwindows} or number>

where: index address port Server index Server IP address Server port OPTIONAL REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

257

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter server config


Configure web filter server

SYNTAX:
dsd webfilter server config [listversion = <string>] [retries = <number>] [servertimeout = <number>] [timeoutmultiplier = <number>] [renewfrequency = <number>] [useproxy = <{disabled|enabled}>] [proxyserver = <ip-address>] [proxyport = <{undefined|at-echo|at-nbp|atrtmp|at-zis|auth|bgp|biff|bootpc|exec|finger| ftp|ftp-data|gopher|h323|httpproxy|ike|ils| imap2|imap3|ingres-net|ipcserver|ipx|irc-o| irc-u|kerberos|ldap|login|netbios-dgm|netbiosns|netbios-ssn|netwall|netware-ip|new-rwho| nfds|nicname|nntp|ntalk|ntp|pcmail-srv|pop2| pop3|printer|qotd|realaudio|rip|rtelnet|rtsp| sip|smtp|snmp|snmptrap|snpp|sntp|sql*net| sql-net|sqlserv|sunrpc|syslog|systat|talk| telnet|time|timed|tftp|ulistserv|utime|uucp| uucp-rlogin|who|www-http|whoami|xwindows} or number>]

where: listversion retries servertimeout timeoutmultiplier renewfrequency useproxy proxyserver proxyport Number of server contact retries Cobion server timeout in seconds Timeout for reporting server error to client (timeout * multiplier) Frequency (in hours) to check license and list versions Enable or disable the use of a proxy server Proxy server to be used Proxy server port to be used OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

258

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter server delete


Delete a web filter server

SYNTAX:
dsd webfilter server delete index = <number> address = <ip-address> port = <{undefined|at-echo|at-nbp|at-rtmp|atzis|auth|bgp|biff|bootpc|finger|ftp|ftp-data| gopher|h323|httpproxy|ike|ils|imap2|imap3| ingres-net|ipcserver|ipx|irc-o|irc-u|kerberos| ldap|login|netbios-dgm|netbios-ns|netbiosssn|netwall|netware-ip|new-rwho|nfds|nicname| nntp|ntalk|ntp|pcmail-srv|pop2|pop3|printer| qotd|realaudio|rip|rtelnet|rtsp|sip|smtp|snmp| snmptrap|snpp|sntp|sql*net|sql-net|sqlserv| sunrpc|syslog|systat|talk|telnet|time|timed| tftp|ulistserv|utime|uucp|uucp-rlogin|who|wwwhttp|whoami|xwindows} or number>

where: index address port Server index Server IP address Server port REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

259

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter server flush


Flush server list

260

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter server list


List all web filter servers

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

261

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter server modify


Modify a web filter server

SYNTAX:
dsd webfilter server modify index = <number> address = <ip-address> port = <{undefined|at-echo|at-nbp|at-rtmp|atzis|auth|bgp|biff|bootpc|finger|ftp|ftp-data| gopher|h323|httpproxy|ike|ils|imap2|imap3| ingres-net|ipcserver|ipx|irc-o|irc-u|kerberos| ldap|login|netbios-dgm|netbios-ns|netbiosssn|netwall|netware-ip|new-rwho|nfds|nicname| nntp|ntalk|ntp|pcmail-srv|pop2|pop3|printer| qotd|realaudio|rip|rtelnet|rtsp|sip|smtp|snmp| snmptrap|snpp|sntp|sql*net|sql-net|sqlserv| sunrpc|syslog|systat|talk|telnet|time|timed| tftp|ulistserv|utime|uucp|uucp-rlogin|who|wwwhttp|whoami|xwindows} or number>

where: index address port Server index Server IP address Server port REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED

262

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter standard category add


Add a category to a group

SYNTAX:
dsd webfilter standard category add where: destid srcid Destination category or group Category ID to add REQUIRED REQUIRED destid = <number> srcid = <number>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

263

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter standard category create


Create a category or group

SYNTAX:
dsd webfilter standard category create id = <number> name = <quoted string> type = <{category|group}>

where: id name type Unique local ID for the category/group Friendly name REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED

264

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter standard category delete


Delete a category or group

SYNTAX:
dsd webfilter standard category delete where: id Unique local ID for the category/group REQUIRED id = <number>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

265

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter standard category flush


Delete all categories and groups

266

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter standard category list


List all categories and groups

SYNTAX:
dsd webfilter standard category list where: type OPTIONAL [type = <{category|group}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

267

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter standard category remove


Remove a category from a group

SYNTAX:
dsd webfilter standard category remove where: destid srcid Destination category or group Category ID to add REQUIRED REQUIRED destid = <number> srcid = <number>

268

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter standard config


SYNTAX:
dsd webfilter standard config [stdmax = <number>] [validcatmask = <string>]

where: stdmax validcatmask OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

269

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter standard level add


Add a new web filtering level

SYNTAX:
dsd webfilter standard level add index = <number> name = <string> [text = <quoted string>] [otherurls = <{block|accept}>]

where: index name text otherurls Level index (-1 for next available) Content category level name Friendly description Block or allow requests that do not belong to a specific category REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

270

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter standard level delete


Delete a web filtering level

SYNTAX:
dsd webfilter standard level delete index = <number> name = <string> [text = <quoted string>] [otherurls = <{block|accept}>]

where: index name text otherurls Level index (-1 for next available) Content category level name Friendly description Block or allow requests that do not belong to a specific category REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

271

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter standard level flush


Delete all levels

272

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter standard level list


Display levels

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

273

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter standard level modify


Modify a web filtering level

SYNTAX:
dsd webfilter standard level modify index = <number> name = <string> [text = <quoted string>] [otherurls = <{block|accept}>]

where: index name text otherurls Level index (-1 for next available) Content category level name Friendly description Block or allow requests that do not belong to a specific category REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

274

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter standard level set


Set current web filtering level

SYNTAX:
dsd webfilter standard level set where: name Name of the current category level REQUIRED name = <string>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

275

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter standard rule clear


Reset level to default rule

SYNTAX:
dsd webfilter standard rule clear where: level Add a dynamic DNS client. Level nameCommand: dyndns add Syntax : add name = <string> REQUIRED REQUIRED level = <string> Add a dynamic DNS client. = <string>

SYNTAX:
dsd webfilter standard rule clear where: name The dynamic DNS client name. REQUIRED name = <string>

276

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter standard rule list


List all rules

SYNTAX:
dsd webfilter standard rule list where: level Level name OPTIONAL [level = <string>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

277

DSD COMMANDS

dsd webfilter standard rule modify


Modify a rule

SYNTAX:
dsd webfilter standard rule modify level = <string> [id = <number>] action = <{block|accept}>

where: level id action Level name Server category ID REQUIRED OPTIONAL REQUIRED

278

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DYNDNS COMMANDS

dyndns Commands
dyndns delete dyndns flush dyndns host add dyndns host delete dyndns host flush dyndns host list dyndns list dyndns modify dyndns service list dyndns service modify Delete a dynamic DNS client. Delete all dynamic DNS clients. Add a fully qualified host name Delete a host name Delete all host names List all host names List all dynamic DNS clients. Modify a dynamic DNS client. List all dynamic DNS services Modify specific dynamic DNS service settings see page 280 see page 281 see page 282 see page 283 see page 284 see page 285 see page 286 see page 287 see page 288 see page 289

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

279

DYNDNS COMMANDS

dyndns delete
Delete a dynamic DNS client.

SYNTAX:
dyndns delete where: name The dynamic DNS client name. REQUIRED name = <>

280

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DYNDNS COMMANDS

dyndns flush
Delete all dynamic DNS clients.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

281

DYNDNS COMMANDS

dyndns host add


Add a fully qualified host name

SYNTAX:
dyndns host add group = <> name = <string>

where: group name The dynamic DNS host group. The name of an IP host to add. REQUIRED REQUIRED

282

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DYNDNS COMMANDS

dyndns host delete


Delete a host name

SYNTAX:
dyndns host delete where: name The name of an IP host to delete. REQUIRED name = <>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

283

DYNDNS COMMANDS

dyndns host flush


Delete all host names

284

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DYNDNS COMMANDS

dyndns host list


List all host names

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

285

DYNDNS COMMANDS

dyndns list
List all dynamic DNS clients.

286

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DYNDNS COMMANDS

dyndns modify
Modify a dynamic DNS client.

SYNTAX:
dyndns modify name = <> [intf = <{Internet}>] [user = <string>] [password = <password>] [group = <>] [mx = <string>] [backmx = <{disabled|enabled}>] [wildcard = <{disabled|enabled}>] [offline = <{disabled|enabled}>] [service = <{dyndns|statdns|custom|No-IP| DtDNS|gnudip}>] [status = <{disabled|enabled}>] [trace = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: name intf user password group mx backmx wildcard offline service status trace The dynamic DNS client name. The dynamic DNS client interface. The username for dynamic DNS authentication. The password for dynamic DNS authentication. The dynamic DNS host group. The mail exchanger. Set up the mail exchanger as a backup MX. Allow use of hostname wildcards. Set the host to offline mode. The dynamic DNS service. Enable/Disable the dynamic DNS client. Enable/Disable the verbose console logging for the dynamic DNS client. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

287

DYNDNS COMMANDS

dyndns service list


List all dynamic DNS services

SYNTAX:
dyndns service list var = <string> value = <translated string>

where: var value The name of the variable. A translated quoted string defining the variable value. REQUIRED REQUIRED

288

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

DYNDNS COMMANDS

dyndns service modify


Modify specific dynamic DNS service settings

SYNTAX:
dyndns service modify name = <{dyndns|statdns|custom|No-IP|DtDNS| gnudip}> [server = <string>] [port = <{undefined|at-echo|at-nbp|at-rtmp|atzis|auth|bgp|biff|bootpc|finger|ftp|ftp-data| gopher|h323|httpproxy|ike|ils|imap2|imap3| ingres-net|ipcserver|ipx|irc-o|irc-u|kerberos| ldap|login|netbios-dgm|netbios-ns|netbiosssn|netwall|netware-ip|new-rwho|nfds|nicname| nntp|ntalk|ntp|pcmail-srv|pop2|pop3|printer| qotd|realaudio|rip|rtelnet|rtsp|sip|smtp|snmp| snmptrap|snpp|sntp|sql*net|sql-net|sqlserv| sunrpc|syslog|systat|talk|telnet|time|timed| tftp|ulistserv|utime|uucp|uucp-rlogin|who|wwwhttp|whoami|xwindows} or number>] [request = <string>] [updateinterval = <number{0-2097120}>] [retryinterval = <number{0-600}>] [max_retry = <number{1-5}>]

where: name server port request updateinterval retryinterval max_retry The dynamic DNS service. The dynamic DNS server hostname. The dynamic DNS server port. The dynamic DNS request string. Number of seconds before a dynamic update is sent to the dynamic DNS server (The value 0 means disabled). Number of seconds between retries if communication with the dynamic DNS server fails (The value 0 means disabled). The maximum number of retries if communication with the dynamic DNS server fails. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

289

ENV COMMANDS

290

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ENV COMMANDS

env Commands
env flush env get env list env unset Remove all non-system environment variables. Gets an environment variable. List all environment variables. Deletes an environment variable. see page 292 see page 293 see page 294 see page 295

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

291

ENV COMMANDS

env flush
Remove all non-system environment variables.

SYNTAX:
env flush where: intf The name for the new ETH interface. REQUIRED intf = <string>

292

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ENV COMMANDS

env get
Gets an environment variable.

SYNTAX:
env get var = <{_SW_FLAG|_ETHERNET|_COMPANY_NAME| _COMPANY_URL|_PROD_NAME|_SSID_SERIAL_PREFIX| _BOARD_SERIAL_NBR|_PROD_SERIAL_NBR|_FII| _BUILD|_BOOTLOADER_VERSION|_BUILDVARIANT| _OUI|_BUILD_PASSIVEBANK|_CUSTOVARIANT| _PHYSLAYERTYPE|_BUILDNAME|_PRL|_FIA| _BOARD_NAME|_COMPANY_ID|_COPYRIGHT|_TPVERSION| _PROD_ID|_PROD_FRIENDLY_NAME|_VARIANT_ID| _VARIANT_FRIENDLY_NAME|_MACADDR|_LMACADDR| _WL_VERSION_0|_WL_VERSION|_WL0_WEPKEY_SERIAL| _WL0_WPAKEY_SERIAL|_WL0_SSID_SERIAL| _WL0_SSID_PREFIX|_WL0_BASE52_SERIAL| _WL0_MAC_POSTFIX|_WL0_PIN_SERIAL| _WL0_UUID_E_SERIAL|_WL0_UUID_R_SERIAL| _WL1_WEPKEY_SERIAL|_WL1_WPAKEY_SERIAL| _WL1_SSID_SERIAL|_WL1_BASE52_SERIAL| _WL1_PIN_SERIAL|_WL1_UUID_E_SERIAL| _WL1_UUID_R_SERIAL|_WL2_WEPKEY_SERIAL| _WL2_WPAKEY_SERIAL|_WL2_SSID_SERIAL| _WL2_BASE52_SERIAL|_WL2_PIN_SERIAL| _WL2_UUID_E_SERIAL|_WL2_UUID_R_SERIAL| _WL3_WEPKEY_SERIAL|_WL3_WPAKEY_SERIAL| _WL3_SSID_SERIAL|_WL3_BASE52_SERIAL| _WL3_PIN_SERIAL|_WL3_UUID_E_SERIAL| _WL3_UUID_R_SERIAL|_SSID_WL_MACADDR_POSTFIX| _SSID_POSTFIX_LEGACY_OR_MAC| _WL_MACADDR|_LWL_MACADDR|_MODEMLABEL| _WIZ_AUTOPOPUP|_SNTPPOLL_POST_SYNC| _SNTPPOLL_PRE_SYNC|_ADSL_EOC_VERSION| _EOC_MSG|CONF_REGION|CONF_PROVIDER| CONF_DESCRIPTION|CONF_SERVICE|CONF_DATE| HOST_SETUP|CONF_DATETIME|CONF_TPVERSION| @CWMPUSER|WL0_SSID_PREFIX_CUSTOM| @WL1_SSID_PREFIX_CUSTOM| @WL2_SSID_PREFIX_CUSTOM| @WL3_SSID_PREFIX_CUSTOM|@WL0_SSID|@WL1_SSID| ACS_URL}>

where: var The name of the variable. REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

293

ENV COMMANDS

env list
List all environment variables.

294

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ENV COMMANDS

env unset
Deletes an environment variable.

SYNTAX:
env unset var = <{_SW_FLAG|_ETHERNET|_COMPANY_NAME| _COMPANY_URL|_PROD_NAME|_SSID_SERIAL_PREFIX| _BOARD_SERIAL_NBR|_PROD_SERIAL_NBR|_FII| _BUILD|_BOOTLOADER_VERSION|_BUILDVARIANT| _OUI|_BUILD_PASSIVEBANK|_CUSTOVARIANT| _PHYSLAYERTYPE|_BUILDNAME|_PRL|_FIA| _BOARD_NAME|_COMPANY_ID|_COPYRIGHT|_TPVERSION| _PROD_ID|_PROD_FRIENDLY_NAME|_VARIANT_ID| _VARIANT_FRIENDLY_NAME|_MACADDR|_LMACADDR| _WL_VERSION_0|_WL_VERSION|_WL0_WEPKEY_SERIAL| _WL0_WPAKEY_SERIAL|_WL0_SSID_SERIAL| _WL0_SSID_PREFIX|_WL0_BASE52_SERIAL| _WL0_MAC_POSTFIX|_WL0_PIN_SERIAL| _WL0_UUID_E_SERIAL|_WL0_UUID_R_SERIAL| _WL1_WEPKEY_SERIAL|_WL1_WPAKEY_SERIAL| _WL1_SSID_SERIAL|_WL1_BASE52_SERIAL| _WL1_PIN_SERIAL|_WL1_UUID_E_SERIAL| _WL1_UUID_R_SERIAL|_WL2_WEPKEY_SERIAL| _WL2_WPAKEY_SERIAL|_WL2_SSID_SERIAL| _WL2_BASE52_SERIAL|_WL2_PIN_SERIAL| _WL2_UUID_E_SERIAL|_WL2_UUID_R_SERIAL| _WL3_WEPKEY_SERIAL|_WL3_WPAKEY_SERIAL| _WL3_SSID_SERIAL|_WL3_BASE52_SERIAL| _WL3_PIN_SERIAL|_WL3_UUID_E_SERIAL| _WL3_UUID_R_SERIAL|_SSID_WL_MACADDR_POSTFIX| _SSID_POSTFIX_LEGACY_OR_MAC| _WL_MACADDR|_LWL_MACADDR|_MODEMLABEL| _WIZ_AUTOPOPUP|_SNTPPOLL_POST_SYNC| _SNTPPOLL_PRE_SYNC|_ADSL_EOC_VERSION| _EOC_MSG|CONF_REGION|CONF_PROVIDER| CONF_DESCRIPTION|CONF_SERVICE|CONF_DATE| HOST_SETUP|CONF_DATETIME|CONF_TPVERSION| @CWMPUSER|WL0_SSID_PREFIX_CUSTOM| @WL1_SSID_PREFIX_CUSTOM| @WL2_SSID_PREFIX_CUSTOM| @WL3_SSID_PREFIX_CUSTOM|@WL0_SSID|@WL1_SSID| ACS_URL}>

where: var The name of the variable. REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

295

ETH COMMANDS

296

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth Commands
eth bridge add eth bridge clear eth bridge config eth bridge delete eth bridge dynvlan actlist eth bridge dynvlan add eth bridge dynvlan config eth bridge dynvlan delete eth bridge dynvlan flush eth bridge dynvlan list eth bridge filter add eth bridge filter attach eth bridge filter config eth bridge filter delete eth bridge filter detach eth bridge filter forwarding eth bridge filter fwdintfadd eth bridge filter fwdintfdel eth bridge filter ifadd eth bridge filter ifdel eth bridge filter list eth bridge flush eth bridge ifadd eth bridge ifattach eth bridge ifconfig eth bridge ifdelete Add a new bridge instance. Clear bridge statistics. Modify/Display the bridge configuration settings. Delete a bridge instance. Display the active MAC entries for the dynamic VLAN membership. Add a dynamic VLAN membership entry. Modify the dynamic VLAN membership configuration. Delete a dynamic VLAN membership entry. Flush all dynamic VLAN membership entries. Display a dynamic VLAN membership entry. Add a filter. Enable a filter. Change filter configuration Delete a filter. Disable a filter. Action: set forwarding configuration. Add Forwarding interface: filter action. Remove Forwarding interface: filter action. Connect an interface with a filter. Remove an interface from a filter. Display the bridge filters. Flush all bridge instances with their interfaces and properties. Add a new bridge interface. Attach a bridge interface. Modify a bridge interface configuration. Delete a bridge interface. see page 302 see page 303 see page 304 see page 305 see page 306 see page 307 see page 308 see page 309 see page 310 see page 311 see page 312 see page 313 see page 314 see page 315 see page 316 see page 317 see page 318 see page 319 see page 320 see page 321 see page 322 see page 323 see page 324 see page 325 see page 326 see page 328

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

297

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge ifdetach eth bridge ifflush eth bridge iflist eth bridge igmpsnooping clear eth bridge igmpsnooping config eth bridge igmpsnooping ifconfig eth bridge igmpsnooping iflist eth bridge igmpsnooping list eth bridge ippriomap eth bridge ippriomapreset eth bridge list eth bridge macadd eth bridge macdelete eth bridge maclist eth bridge rule add eth bridge rule delete eth bridge rule flush eth bridge rule list eth bridge select eth bridge unknownvlan ifadd eth bridge unknownvlan ifconfig eth bridge unknownvlan ifdelete eth bridge unknownvlan iflist eth bridge vlan ifadd eth bridge vlan ifconfig eth bridge vlan ifdelete

Detach a bridge interface. flush the bridge interfaces: detach/delete all interfaces. Display the current bridge interfaces. Clear snooping statistics. Configure bridge instance IGMP Snooping flags. Configure bridge interface IGMP snooping flags and mode. Display bridge interface IGMP status. Display bridge instance snooped groups. Modify the IP priority mappings for a bridge. Reset the IP priority mappings to its defaults. Display the current bridge instances. Add a static MAC address to a bridge interface. Remove a MAC address from the database. Display the MAC address database. Add a new constraint to the VLAN learning system. Delete a constraint from the VLAN learning system. Flush all constraints from the VLAN learning system. Display all constraints from the VLAN learning system. Select the default bridge for configuring interfaces from (if not setting Add bridge interface to unknown 'VLAN'. Modify bridge interface from unknown 'VLAN'. Delete bridge interface from unknown 'VLAN'. Display all interfaces of the unknown 'VLAN'. Add bridge interface to virtual LAN. Modify bridge interface from virtual LAN. Delete bridge interface from virtual LAN.

see page 329 see page 330 see page 331 see page 332 see page 333 see page 334 see page 335 see page 336 see page 337 see page 338 see page 339 see page 340 see page 341 see page 342 see page 343 see page 344 see page 345 see page 346 see page 347 see page 348 see page 349 see page 350 see page 351 see page 352 see page 353 see page 354

298

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge vlan iflist eth bridge xtratag add eth bridge xtratag config eth bridge xtratag delete eth bridge xtratag flush eth bridge xtratag list eth device ifautoneg eth device ifconfig eth device iflist eth device ifrestart eth filter operand add eth filter operand config eth filter operand delete eth filter operand flush eth filter operand frameclassadd eth filter operand frameclassdelete eth filter operand ipprotoadd eth filter operand ipprotodelete eth filter operand list eth filter operand priorityadd eth filter operand prioritydelete eth filter operand reset eth filter operand vidadd eth filter operand viddelete eth filter template add eth filter template config eth filter template delete

Display all vitual LAN's. Add an extra tag mapping entry. Configure an extra tag mapping entry. Delete an extra tag mapping entry. Flush all extra tag mapping entries. Display all extra tag mapping entries. Adapt/list an Ethernet port's autonegotiation parameters (if autonegotiation Configure an Ethernet port's type setting (disable/enable autonegotiation). Show all Ethernet ports' operational status. Reset an Ethernet port and restart autonegotiation. Add a filter operand. Set the operand to a certain type (will reset content first). Delete a filter operand. Remove all filter operands (this will only delete the ones not in use: flush Add another frameclass in the set. Delete a frameclasse from the set. Add another ip protocol in the set. Delete a ip protocol from the set. Display the filter operands. Add another priority in the set. Delete a ip priority from the set. Reset an operand to its default initial state (removes all content, set to Add another VID in the set. Delete a VID from the set. Add a filter. Config a filter. Delete a filter.

see page 355 see page 356 see page 357 see page 358 see page 359 see page 360 see page 361 see page 362 see page 363 see page 364 see page 365 see page 366 see page 368 see page 369 see page 370 see page 371 see page 372 see page 373 see page 374 see page 375 see page 376 see page 377 see page 378 see page 379 see page 380 see page 381 see page 382

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

299

ETH COMMANDS

eth filter template flush eth filter template list eth filter template ruleadd eth filter template ruledel eth filter template rulemodify eth filter template setpriority eth filter template setvid eth flush eth ifattach eth ifconfig eth ifdelete eth ifdetach eth iflist eth switch group delete eth switch group flush eth switch group list eth switch group move eth switch info eth switch mirror capture eth switch mirror egress eth switch mirror ingress eth switch qos config eth switch qos ifconfig eth switch qos list eth switch qos weights eth switch shaper config eth switch shaper ifconfig eth switch shaper iflist

Remove all filters. Display the filters. Connect an operand rule with a filter. Remove an operand rule from a filter. Modify an operand rule from a filter. Action: enable/disable priority derivation Action: enable/disable VID derivation Flush all ETH interfaces. Attach an ETH interface. Modify an ETH interface. Delete an ETH interface. Detach an ETH interface. Display the ETH interfaces. Delete a specified port from a specified group. To set all ports to the default settings (all ports in group 0). List all configured groups. Move a specified port to a specified group. Display switch capabilities Define the specified port to be the Mirror Capture Port. Enable or disable the specified port to be a Transmitted Port Mirroring. Enable or disable the specified port to be a Received Port Mirroring. Configure common qos parameters. Configure per port qos parameters. Display qos configuration. Configure the queue weights. Configure common ingress shaper parameters. Configure per port shaper parameters. Display shaper configuration per port.

see page 383 see page 384 see page 385 see page 386 see page 387 see page 388 see page 389 see page 390 see page 391 see page 392 see page 393 see page 394 see page 395 see page 396 see page 397 see page 398 see page 399 see page 400 see page 401 see page 402 see page 403 see page 404 see page 405 see page 406 see page 407 see page 408 see page 409 see page 410

300

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth switch share add eth switch share delete eth switch share list eth switch storm ifconfig eth switch storm iflist eth vlan add eth vlan delete eth vlan flush eth vlan list eth vlan priomap config eth vlan priomap list

Add a port to be shared. Delete a shared port. Display shared ports. Configure per port storm control parameters. Display storm control configuration per port. Add a new virtual LAN. Delete a virtual LAN. Flush all virtual LAN's. Display all virtual LAN's. Change a VLAN/DE to/from internalpriority mapping. Display the VLAN/DE to/from internal priority mappings.

see page 411 see page 412 see page 413 see page 414 see page 415 see page 416 see page 417 see page 418 see page 419 see page 420 see page 421

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

301

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge add


Add a new bridge instance.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge add where: brname The name of the new bridge instance. REQUIRED brname = <string>

302

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge clear


Clear bridge statistics.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge clear where: brname The name of a bridge instance. OPTIONAL [brname = <{bridge}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

303

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge config


Modify/Display the bridge configuration settings.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge config [brname = <{bridge}>] [age = <number{10-1000000}>] [filter = <{none|no_WAN_broadcast}>] [vlan = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: brname age filter vlan The name of a bridge instance. The lifetime (in seconds) of a dynamically learned MAC address. The bridge filter to be applied for all WAN bridge interfaces. Enable/disable the use of the VLAN id of the received VLAN packets. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

304

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge delete


Delete a bridge instance.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge delete where: brname The name of a bridge instance. REQUIRED brname = <{bridge}>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

305

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge dynvlan actlist


Display the active MAC entries for the dynamic VLAN membership.

306

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge dynvlan add


Add a dynamic VLAN membership entry.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge dynvlan add [id = <number{0-100000}>] hwaddr = <masked-hardware-address> vlan = <{default}> [prio = <number{0-7}>] [mode = <{none|vid|prio|both}>]

where: id hwaddr vlan prio mode The id of the dynamic VLAN membership entry. The (masked) ethernet MAC address of the dynamic VLAN membership entry. The VLAN for the dynamic VLAN membership entry. The new port priority to be set. The flexiport mode of operation. OPTIONAL REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

307

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge dynvlan config


Modify the dynamic VLAN membership configuration.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge dynvlan config where: timeout Timeout in seconds for the dynamic entries. OPTIONAL [timeout = <number{0-100000}>]

308

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge dynvlan delete


Delete a dynamic VLAN membership entry.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge dynvlan delete where: id REQUIRED id = <number{0-100000}>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

309

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge dynvlan flush


Flush all dynamic VLAN membership entries.

310

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge dynvlan list


Display a dynamic VLAN membership entry.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

311

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge filter add


Add a filter.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge filter add brname = <{bridge}> name = <string> [filter = <{}>]

where: brname name filter The name of an bridge. The name of the filter. Ethernet filter to used REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL

312

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge filter attach


Enable a filter.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge filter attach brname = <{bridge}> name = <{}>

where: brname name The name of an bridge. The name of the filter to configure. REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

313

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge filter config


Change filter configuration

SYNTAX:
eth bridge filter config brname = <{bridge}> name = <{}> [filter = <{}>]

where: brname name filter The name of an bridge. The name of the filter to configure. Ethernet filter to used REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL

314

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge filter delete


Delete a filter.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge filter delete brname = <{bridge}> name = <{}>

where: brname name The name of an bridge. The name of the filter to configure. REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

315

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge filter detach


Disable a filter.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge filter detach brname = <{bridge}> name = <{}>

where: brname name The name of an bridge. The name of the filter to configure. REQUIRED REQUIRED

316

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge filter forwarding


Action: set forwarding configuration.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge filter forwarding brname = <{bridge}> name = <{}> mode = <{ToFwdIntfsOnly|AlsoToFwdIntfs| NotToFwdIntfs|Drop}>

where: brname name mode The name of an bridge. The name of the filter to configure. The forwarding type to set. REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

317

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge filter fwdintfadd


Add Forwarding interface: filter action.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge filter fwdintfadd brname = <{bridge}> name = <{}> intf = <{OBC|ethport1|ethport2|ethport3| ethport4|WLAN|virt}>

where: brname name intf The name of an bridge. The name of the filter to configure. The name of the bridge interface to add. REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED

318

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge filter fwdintfdel


Remove Forwarding interface: filter action.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge filter fwdintfdel brname = <{bridge}> name = <{}> intf = <{OBC|ethport1|ethport2|ethport3| ethport4|WLAN|virt}>

where: brname name intf The name of an bridge. The name of the filter to configure. The name of the bridge interface to remove. REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

319

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge filter ifadd


Connect an interface with a filter.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge filter ifadd brname = <{bridge}> name = <{}> intf = <{OBC|ethport1|ethport2|ethport3| ethport4|WLAN|virt}>

where: brname name intf The name of an bridge. The name of the filter to configure. The name of the bridge interface to add. REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED

320

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge filter ifdel


Remove an interface from a filter.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge filter ifdel brname = <{bridge}> name = <{}> intf = <{OBC|ethport1|ethport2|ethport3| ethport4|WLAN|virt}>

where: brname name intf The name of an bridge. The name of the filter to configure. The name of the bridge interface to remove. REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

321

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge filter list


Display the bridge filters.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge filter list brname = <{bridge}> [name = <{}>] [expand = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: brname name expand The name of an bridge. The name of an filter. Expanded listing. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

322

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge flush


Flush all bridge instances with their interfaces and properties.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge flush where: brname The name of a bridge instance. OPTIONAL [brname = <{bridge}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

323

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge ifadd


Add a new bridge interface.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge ifadd [brname = <{bridge}>] intf = <string>

where: brname intf The name of a bridge instance. The new bridge interface name. OPTIONAL REQUIRED

324

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge ifattach


Attach a bridge interface.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge ifattach [brname = <{bridge}>] intf = <{}>

where: brname intf The name of a bridge instance. The name of the bridge interface. OPTIONAL REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

325

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge ifconfig


Modify a bridge interface configuration.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge ifconfig [brname = <{bridge}>] intf = <{OBC|ethport1|ethport2|ethport3| ethport4|WLAN|virt}> [dest = <{}>] [portstate = <{disabled|learning|forwarding}>] [retry = <number{0-65535}>] [priotag = <{disabled|enabled}>] [vlan = <{default}>] [prioconfig = <{disabled|overwrite|increase}>] [ipprec = <{disabled|precedence|dscp}>] [priority = <number{0-7}>] [regenprio = <string>] [ingressfiltering = <{disabled|enabled}>] [acceptvlanonly = <{disabled|enabled}>] [mcastfilter = <{disabled|enabled}>] [dynvlan = <{disabled|enabled|switched}>] [wan = <{disabled|enabled}>] [igmpsnooping = <{disabled|enabled}>] [priotransparent = <{disabled|enabled}>] [bpdufiltering = <{disabled|enabled}>] [xtratagging = <{none|c-vlan|s-vlan}>]

where: brname intf dest portstate retry priotag vlan prioconfig ipprec priority regenprio ingressfiltering The name of a bridge instance. The name of the bridge interface to configure. The destination for this interface. Typically an ATM or a physical interface name. The bridge portstate for this interface. The number of WAN connection setup retries before giving up. Enable/Disable priority tagging. The default VLAN. The priority configuration for this interface. The IP precedence for this interface. The default priority for untagged ingress packets. The priority regeneration table for tagged ingress packets. Enable/disable discard of tagged ingress packets if the interface is not part of the VLAN. OPTIONAL REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

326

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

acceptvlanonly mcastfilter dynvlan wan igmpsnooping priotransparent bpdufiltering xtratagging

Enable/disable receipt of tagged ingress packets. Enable/disable discard of multicast packets for this interface. Change dynamic VLAN membership checking mechanism for this interface. Enable/disable WAN for this interface. Enable/disable IGMP snooping for this interface. Enable/disable priority preservation for this interface. Enable/disable BPDU filtering for this interface. The 'extra tagging mode' for this interface (none, c-vlan or s-vlan).

OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

327

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge ifdelete


Delete a bridge interface.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge ifdelete [brname = <{bridge}>] intf = <{ethport1|ethport2|ethport3|ethport4| WLAN|virt}>

where: brname intf The name of a bridge instance. The name of the bridge interface. OPTIONAL REQUIRED

328

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge ifdetach


Detach a bridge interface.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge ifdetach [brname = <{bridge}>] intf = <{ethport1|ethport2|ethport3|ethport4| WLAN|virt}>

where: brname intf The name of a bridge instance. The name of the bridge interface. OPTIONAL REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

329

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge ifflush


flush the bridge interfaces: detach/delete all interfaces.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge ifflush where: brname The name of a bridge instance. OPTIONAL [brname = <{bridge}>]

330

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge iflist


Display the current bridge interfaces.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge iflist [brname = <{bridge}>] [intf = <{OBC|ethport1|ethport2|ethport3| ethport4|WLAN|virt}>]

where: brname intf The name of a bridge instance. The name of a bridge interface. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

331

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge igmpsnooping clear


Clear snooping statistics.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge igmpsnooping clear [brname = <{bridge}>] [intf = <{OBC|ethport1|ethport2|ethport3| ethport4|WLAN|virt}>]

where: brname intf The name of a bridge instance. The bridge interface currently to be cleared. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

332

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge igmpsnooping config


Configure bridge instance IGMP Snooping flags.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge igmpsnooping config [brname = <{bridge}>] [state = <{disabled|enabled}>] [floodrp = <{disabled|enabled}>] [floodmcast = <{disabled|enabled}>] [queryto = <number{0-31744}>]

where: brname state floodrp floodmcast queryto The name of a bridge instance. Enable/Disable the IGMP Snooping. Enable/Disable flooding reports to all ports. Enable/Disable flooding unregistered multicasts. IGMP Snooping Query Interval. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

333

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge igmpsnooping ifconfig


Configure bridge interface IGMP snooping flags and mode.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge igmpsnooping ifconfig [brname = <{bridge}>] intf = <{OBC|ethport1|ethport2|ethport3| ethport4|WLAN|virt}> [portmode = <{Host|Router|Auto|None}>] [fastleave = <{disabled|enabled}>] [exptrack = <{disabled|enabled}>] [mrdp = <{disabled|enabled}>] [rgmp = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: brname intf portmode fastleave exptrack mrdp rgmp The bridge instance currently to be configured. The bridge interface currently to be configured. Mode of the bridge port. Enable/Disable Fast Immediate Leave. Enable/Disable Explicit Host Tracking. Enable/Disable MRDP support. Enable/Disable RGMP support. OPTIONAL REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

334

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge igmpsnooping iflist


Display bridge interface IGMP status.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge igmpsnooping iflist [brname = <{bridge}>] [intf = <{OBC|ethport1|ethport2|ethport3| ethport4|WLAN|virt}>]

where: brname intf The name of a bridge instance. The name of the bridge interface. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

335

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge igmpsnooping list


Display bridge instance snooped groups.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge igmpsnooping list where: brname The name of a bridge instance. OPTIONAL [brname = <{bridge}>]

336

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge ippriomap


Modify the IP priority mappings for a bridge.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge ippriomap [brname = <{bridge}>] type = <{tos|dscp}> tostable = <{Default|MinimizeDelay| MaximizeThroughput|MaximizeReliability| MinimizeCost}> dscpidx = <{dscp_0_7|dscp_8_15|dscp_16_23| dscp_24_31|dscp_32_39|dscp_40_47|dscp_48_55| dscp_56_63}> precedencemap = <string>

where: brname type tostable dscpidx precedencemap The name of a bridge instance. For which IP priority type to adapt the precedencemap. TOS table type to edit. Index in the DSCP table to edit. The IP priority precedence mapping values. OPTIONAL REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

337

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge ippriomapreset


Reset the IP priority mappings to its defaults.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge ippriomapreset [brname = <{bridge}>] type = <{tos|dscp}>

where: brname type The name of a bridge instance. For which IP priority type to reset the precedencemap. OPTIONAL REQUIRED

338

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge list


Display the current bridge instances.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge list where: brname The name of a bridge instance. OPTIONAL [brname = <{bridge}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

339

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge macadd


Add a static MAC address to a bridge interface.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge macadd [brname = <{bridge}>] intf = <{OBC|ethport1|ethport2|ethport3| ethport4|WLAN|virt}> hwaddr = <hardware-address> [vlan = <{default}>]

where: brname intf hwaddr vlan The name of a bridge instance. The name of the bridge interface. The ethernet MAC address of the new entry. The VLAN. OPTIONAL REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL

340

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge macdelete


Remove a MAC address from the database.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge macdelete [brname = <{bridge}>] hwaddr = <hardware-address> [vlan = <{default}>]

where: brname hwaddr vlan The name of a bridge instance. The ethernet MAC address of the entry. The VLAN. OPTIONAL REQUIRED OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

341

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge maclist


Display the MAC address database.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge maclist where: brname The name of a bridge instance. OPTIONAL [brname = <{bridge}>]

342

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge rule add


Add a new constraint to the VLAN learning system.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge rule add type = vlan = [vlan2 [isi = <{shared|independant}> <{default}> = <{default}>] <number{0-32}>]

where: type vlan vlan2 isi Type of constraint. The VLAN where the constraint belongs to. The second VLAN for a shared constraint. The indenpendent set id for an independent constraint. REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

343

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge rule delete


Delete a constraint from the VLAN learning system.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge rule delete where: index Index of the constraint. REQUIRED index = <number{0-32}>

344

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge rule flush


Flush all constraints from the VLAN learning system.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

345

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge rule list


Display all constraints from the VLAN learning system.

346

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge select


Select the default bridge for configuring interfaces from (if not setting

SYNTAX:
eth bridge select where: brname The name of a bridge instance. REQUIRED brname = <{bridge}>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

347

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge unknownvlan ifadd


Add bridge interface to unknown 'VLAN'.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge unknownvlan ifadd [brname = <{bridge}>] intf = <{OBC|ethport1|ethport2|ethport3| ethport4|WLAN|virt}> [untagged = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: brname intf untagged The name of a bridge instance. The name of the bridge interface to add to the unknown 'VLAN'. Enable/disable interface as untagged for this unknown 'VLAN'. OPTIONAL REQUIRED OPTIONAL

348

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge unknownvlan ifconfig


Modify bridge interface from unknown 'VLAN'.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge unknownvlan ifconfig [brname = <{bridge}>] intf = <{OBC|ethport1|ethport2|ethport3| ethport4|WLAN|virt}> [untagged = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: brname intf untagged The name of a bridge instance. The bridge interface from the unknown 'VLAN' to configure. Enable/disable interface as untagged for this unknown 'VLAN'. OPTIONAL REQUIRED OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

349

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge unknownvlan ifdelete


Delete bridge interface from unknown 'VLAN'.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge unknownvlan ifdelete [brname = <{bridge}>] intf = <{OBC|ethport1|ethport2|ethport3| ethport4|WLAN|virt}>

where: brname intf The name of a bridge instance. The name of the bridge interface to remove from the unknown 'VLAN'. OPTIONAL REQUIRED

350

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge unknownvlan iflist


Display all interfaces of the unknown 'VLAN'.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

351

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge vlan ifadd


Add bridge interface to virtual LAN.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge vlan ifadd name = <{default}> intf = <{OBC|ethport1|ethport2|ethport3| ethport4|WLAN|virt}> [untagged = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: name intf untagged The VLAN name. The name of the bridge interface to add to the VLAN. Enable/disable interface as untagged for this VLAN. REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL

352

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge vlan ifconfig


Modify bridge interface from virtual LAN.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge vlan ifconfig name = <{default}> intf = <{OBC|ethport1|ethport2|ethport3| ethport4|WLAN|virt}> untagged = <{disabled|enabled}>

where: name intf untagged The VLAN name. The bridge interface from the VLAN to configure. Enable/disable interface as untagged for this VLAN. REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

353

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge vlan ifdelete


Delete bridge interface from virtual LAN.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge vlan ifdelete name = <{default}> intf = <{OBC|ethport1|ethport2|ethport3| ethport4|WLAN|virt}>

where: name intf The VLAN name. The name of the bridge interface to remove from the VLAN. REQUIRED REQUIRED

354

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge vlan iflist


Display all vitual LAN's.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

355

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge xtratag add


Add an extra tag mapping entry.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge xtratag add [brname = <{bridge}>] intf = <{OBC|ethport1|ethport2|ethport3| ethport4|WLAN|virt}> innervid = <{[1-4094]|all|}> outervid = <{[1-4094]|notag|transparent|}>

where: brname intf innervid outervid The name of a bridge instance. The name of the bridge interface. The inner VLAN id [all,1-4094] (all = all inner vid will be translated to the outer vid). The outer VLAN id [notag,1-4094,transparent] (notag: outer not tagged, transparent: tagged as inner). OPTIONAL REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED

356

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge xtratag config


Configure an extra tag mapping entry.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge xtratag config [brname = <{bridge}>] intf = <{OBC|ethport1|ethport2|ethport3| ethport4|WLAN|virt}> innervid = <{[1-4094]|all|}> outervid = <{[1-4094]|notag|transparent|}>

where: brname intf innervid outervid The name of a bridge instance. The name of the bridge interface. The inner VLAN id [all,1-4094] (all = all inner vid will be translated to the outer vid). The outer VLAN id [notag,1-4094,transparent] (notag: outer not tagged, transparent: tagged as inner). OPTIONAL REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

357

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge xtratag delete


Delete an extra tag mapping entry.

SYNTAX:
eth bridge xtratag delete [brname = <{bridge}>] intf = <{OBC|ethport1|ethport2|ethport3| ethport4|WLAN|virt}> innervid = <{[1-4094]|all|}>

where: brname intf innervid The name of a bridge instance. The name of the bridge interface. The inner VLAN id [all,1-4094] (all = all inner vid will be translated to the outer vid). OPTIONAL REQUIRED REQUIRED

358

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge xtratag flush


Flush all extra tag mapping entries.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

359

ETH COMMANDS

eth bridge xtratag list


Display all extra tag mapping entries.

360

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth device ifautoneg


Adapt/list an Ethernet port's autonegotiation parameters (if autonegotiation

SYNTAX:
eth device ifautoneg intf = <{ethif1|ethif2|ethif3|ethif4|}> [speed = <{auto|10Mb|100Mb|1Gb}>] [duplex = <{auto|half|full}>] [pause = <{none|asym|sym|both}>]

where: intf speed duplex pause The Ethernet port's name to adapt or show info from. The speed mode. The duplex mode. The flow-control mode. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

361

ETH COMMANDS

eth device ifconfig


Configure an Ethernet port's type setting (disable/enable autonegotiation).

SYNTAX:
eth device ifconfig intf = <{ethif1|ethif2|ethif3|ethif4|}> [state = <{enabled|disabled}>] [type = <{auto|10BaseTHD|10BaseTFD|100BaseTHD| 100BaseTFD}>] [mtu = <number{1518-1534}>]

where: intf state type The Ethernet port's name. The port's administrative state. The port's type setting. If auto, then autonegotiation will be used, if something else, then autonegotiation will be disabled. Be careful with using this command: a wrong type setting make you loose the link. Use the autonegotian settings command instead: this is much more reliable! The MTU for this Ethernet port. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

mtu

OPTIONAL

362

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth device iflist


Show all Ethernet ports' operational status.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

363

ETH COMMANDS

eth device ifrestart


Reset an Ethernet port and restart autonegotiation.

SYNTAX:
eth device ifrestart where: intf The Ethernet port's to be reset (restart autonegotiation). REQUIRED intf = <{ethif1|ethif2|ethif3|ethif4|}>

364

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth filter operand add


Add a filter operand.

SYNTAX:
eth filter operand add where: operand The name of the new operand operand. REQUIRED operand = <string>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

365

ETH COMMANDS

eth filter operand config


Set the operand to a certain type (will reset content first).

SYNTAX:
eth filter operand config operand = <{}> type = <{CheckDAClass|CheckFrameClass| CheckVLANPriority|CheckVID|CheckIPProto| CheckSize|Match|Modify|CheckCheckSum| UpdateCheckSum}> operator = <{Equal|Less|LessEqual|InSet}> protocollevel = <{EthernetFrame|Protocol| EthernetPayload|ULPHeader|ULPPayload}> length = <number> mask = <string> value = <string> daclass = <{Unicast|Multicast|Broadcast}> [frameclass = <{Eth2|SNAPEType|SNAP8021H| SNAPOther|LLCNLPID|LLCOther}>] [ipprotocol = <number{0-254}>] action = <{Delete|Insert|Modify}> offset = <number> [priority = <number{0-7}>] size = <number> [vid = <number{1-4095}>] protocol = <{IP|UpperLayer}>

where: operand type operator protocollevel length mask value daclass frameclass ipprotocol action offset The name of an operand. The type to set. The compare operator. The protocol level from where to start offset/size calculations. The length of the compare value/mask combination in bytes.. The mask to be used on the value. The value. The destination address class. The Ethernet frame class to filter on. The IP protocol to filter on. The action to undertake with matching filter.. At which offset from protocol level in bytes the Match/ Modify action should start (in bytes). REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL REQUIRED REQUIRED

366

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

priority size vid protocol

The VLAN priority to filter on. The size of the frame at this protocol level. The VID to filter on. The protocol level of the checksum.

OPTIONAL REQUIRED OPTIONAL REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

367

ETH COMMANDS

eth filter operand delete


Delete a filter operand.

SYNTAX:
eth filter operand delete where: operand The name of the operand to delete. REQUIRED operand = <{}>

368

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth filter operand flush


Remove all filter operands (this will only delete the ones not in use: flush

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

369

ETH COMMANDS

eth filter operand frameclassadd


Add another frameclass in the set.

SYNTAX:
eth filter operand frameclassadd operand = <{}> frameclass = <{Eth2|SNAPEType|SNAP8021H| SNAPOther|LLCNLPID|LLCOther}>

where: operand frameclass The name of an operand. The frame class to add. REQUIRED REQUIRED

370

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth filter operand frameclassdelete


Delete a frameclasse from the set.

SYNTAX:
eth filter operand frameclassdelete operand = <{}> frameclass = <{Eth2|SNAPEType|SNAP8021H| SNAPOther|LLCNLPID|LLCOther}>

where: operand frameclass The name of an operand. The frameclass to remove. REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

371

ETH COMMANDS

eth filter operand ipprotoadd


Add another ip protocol in the set.

SYNTAX:
eth filter operand ipprotoadd operand = <{}> ipprotocol = <number{0-255}>

where: operand ipprotocol The name of an operand. The IP protocol to add. REQUIRED REQUIRED

372

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth filter operand ipprotodelete


Delete a ip protocol from the set.

SYNTAX:
eth filter operand ipprotodelete where: operand ipprotocol The name of an operand. The IP protocol to remove. REQUIRED REQUIRED operand = <{}> ipprotocol = <{}>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

373

ETH COMMANDS

eth filter operand list


Display the filter operands.

SYNTAX:
eth filter operand list [operand = <{}>] [expand = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: operand expand The name of an operand. Expanded listing. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

374

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth filter operand priorityadd


Add another priority in the set.

SYNTAX:
eth filter operand priorityadd operand = <{}> priority = <number{0-7}>

where: operand priority The name of an operand. The vlan priority to add. REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

375

ETH COMMANDS

eth filter operand prioritydelete


Delete a ip priority from the set.

SYNTAX:
eth filter operand prioritydelete where: operand priority The name of an operand. The vlan priority to remove. REQUIRED REQUIRED operand = <{}> priority = <{}>

376

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth filter operand reset


Reset an operand to its default initial state (removes all content, set to

SYNTAX:
eth filter operand reset where: operand The name of an operand. REQUIRED operand = <{}>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

377

ETH COMMANDS

eth filter operand vidadd


Add another VID in the set.

SYNTAX:
eth filter operand vidadd operand = <{}> vid = <number{1-4095}>

where: operand vid The name of an operand. The VID to add. REQUIRED REQUIRED

378

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth filter operand viddelete


Delete a VID from the set.

SYNTAX:
eth filter operand viddelete operand = <{}> vid = <{}>

where: operand vid The name of an operand. The VID to remove. REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

379

ETH COMMANDS

eth filter template add


Add a filter.

SYNTAX:
eth filter template add filter = <string> [location = <{Ingress|Egress|VID|Priority}>] [level = <number{0-65535}>] [tracing = <{disabled|enabled}>] [mark = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: filter location level tracing mark The name of the filter. The filter location. The filter level (lower level is processed first = priority) Enable/disabled tracing of packets Enable/disabled marking of packets REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

380

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth filter template config


Config a filter.

SYNTAX:
eth filter template config filter = <{}> [location = <{Ingress|Egress|VID|Priority}>] [level = <number{0-65535}>] [tracing = <{disabled|enabled}>] [mark = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: filter location level tracing mark The name of an filter. The filter location. The filter level (lower level is processed first = priority) Enable/disabled tracing of packets Enable/disabled marking of packets REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

381

ETH COMMANDS

eth filter template delete


Delete a filter.

SYNTAX:
eth filter template delete where: filter The name of an filter. REQUIRED filter = <{}>

382

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth filter template flush


Remove all filters.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

383

ETH COMMANDS

eth filter template list


Display the filters.

SYNTAX:
eth filter template list [filter = <{}>] [expand = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: filter expand The name of an filter. Expanded listing. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

384

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth filter template ruleadd


Connect an operand rule with a filter.

SYNTAX:
eth filter template ruleadd filter = <{}> operand = <{}> [negate = <{disabled|enabled}>] [order = <number{-100-100}>] [operator = <{Ignore|AND|OR}>]

where: filter operand negate order operator The name of an filter. The name of the operand to connect with. negate or not the operand outcome. The operand order in thes filter (lower order is processed first = priority) Operand operator. REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

385

ETH COMMANDS

eth filter template ruledel


Remove an operand rule from a filter.

SYNTAX:
eth filter template ruledel filter = <{}> ruleid = <{}>

where: filter ruleid The name of an filter. The name of the operand to remove. REQUIRED REQUIRED

386

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth filter template rulemodify


Modify an operand rule from a filter.

SYNTAX:
eth filter template rulemodify filter = <{}> ruleid = <{}> [operand = <{}>] [negate = <{disabled|enabled}>] [order = <number{-100-100}>] [operator = <{Ignore|AND|OR}>]

where: filter ruleid operand negate order operator The name of an filter. The name of the operand to remove. The name of the operand to connect with. negate or not the operand outcome. The operand order in thes filter (lower order is processed first = priority) Operand operator. REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

387

ETH COMMANDS

eth filter template setpriority


Action: enable/disable priority derivation

SYNTAX:
eth filter template setpriority filter = <{}> [state = <{disabled|enabled}>] priority = <number{0-15}>

where: filter state priority The name of an filter. Enable/disabled priority derivation for this filters The priority to set in the derivation. REQUIRED OPTIONAL REQUIRED

388

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth filter template setvid


Action: enable/disable VID derivation

SYNTAX:
eth filter template setvid filter = <{}> [state = <{disabled|enabled}>] vid = <number{1-4095}>

where: filter state vid The name of an filter. Enable/disabled VID derivation for this filters The VID to set in the derivation. REQUIRED OPTIONAL REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

389

ETH COMMANDS

eth flush
Flush all ETH interfaces.

390

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth ifattach
Attach an ETH interface.

SYNTAX:
eth ifattach where: intf The name of the ETH interface. REQUIRED intf = <{}>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

391

ETH COMMANDS

eth ifconfig
Modify an ETH interface.

SYNTAX:
eth ifconfig intf = <{ethoa_8_35}> [dest = <{bridge|ethoa_8_35}>] [retry = <number{0-65535}>] [wan = <{disabled|enabled}>] [priotag = <{disabled|enabled}>] [vlan = <{default}>]

where: intf dest retry wan priotag vlan The name of the ETH interface to configure. The destination interface for this ETH interface. The number of times the ETH connection setup should retry before giving up. Enable/Disable WAN for this ETH interface. Enable/Disable VLAN priority tagging. The VLAN for this ETH interface. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

392

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth ifdelete
Delete an ETH interface.

SYNTAX:
eth ifdelete where: intf The name of the ETH interface. REQUIRED intf = <{ethoa_8_35}>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

393

ETH COMMANDS

eth ifdetach
Detach an ETH interface.

SYNTAX:
eth ifdetach where: intf The name of the ETH interface. REQUIRED intf = <{ethoa_8_35}>

394

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth iflist
Display the ETH interfaces.

SYNTAX:
eth iflist where: intf The name of an ETH interface. OPTIONAL [intf = <{ethoa_8_35}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

395

ETH COMMANDS

eth switch group delete


Delete a specified port from a specified group.

SYNTAX:
eth switch group delete group = <number{0-5}> port = <number{1-4}>

where: group port The group id. The port. REQUIRED REQUIRED

396

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth switch group flush


To set all ports to the default settings (all ports in group 0).

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

397

ETH COMMANDS

eth switch group list


List all configured groups.

398

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth switch group move


Move a specified port to a specified group.

SYNTAX:
eth switch group move group = <number{0-5}> port = <number{1-4}>

where: group port The group id. The port. REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

399

ETH COMMANDS

eth switch info


Display switch capabilities

400

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth switch mirror capture


Define the specified port to be the Mirror Capture Port.

SYNTAX:
eth switch mirror capture where: port The port. REQUIRED port = <number{1-4}>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

401

ETH COMMANDS

eth switch mirror egress


Enable or disable the specified port to be a Transmitted Port Mirroring.

SYNTAX:
eth switch mirror egress port = <number{1-4}> [state = <{enabled|disabled}>]

where: port state The port. Enable/disable state. REQUIRED OPTIONAL

402

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth switch mirror ingress


Enable or disable the specified port to be a Received Port Mirroring.

SYNTAX:
eth switch mirror ingress port = <number{1-4}> [state = <{enabled|disabled}>]

where: port state The port. Enable/disable state. REQUIRED OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

403

ETH COMMANDS

eth switch qos config


Configure common qos parameters.

SYNTAX:
eth switch qos config state = <{enabled|disabled}> [nbrOfQueues = <number{0-4}>] [realtime = <{enabled|disabled}>] [threshold = <number{0-15}>] [rxbackpressure = <{disabled|enabled}>] [txbackpressure = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: state nbrOfQueues realtime threshold rxbackpressure txbackpressure Enable/disable QoS. Number of queues. Enable/disable realtime. Tx Qos threshold. Enable/disable controlled receive from switch (OBC pauses Rx). Enable/disable controlled transmit to switch (switch pauses Tx). REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

404

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth switch qos ifconfig


Configure per port qos parameters.

SYNTAX:
eth switch qos ifconfig port = <number{1-4}> mode = <[+/-]flag[+/-flag...]{802.1p high diffserv tos}> [flowcontrol = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: port mode flowcontrol The port. Classifier. Enable/disable flow-control. REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

405

ETH COMMANDS

eth switch qos list


Display qos configuration.

406

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth switch qos weights


Configure the queue weights.

SYNTAX:
eth switch qos weights queue0 queue1 queue2 queue3 = = = = <number{0-100}> <number{0-100}> <number{0-100}> <number{0-100}>

where: queue0 queue1 queue2 queue3 Weight of queue 0 in WFQ (in %). Weight of queue 1 in WFQ (in %). Weight of queue 2 in WFQ (in %). Weight of queue 3 in WFQ (in %). REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

407

ETH COMMANDS

eth switch shaper config


Configure common ingress shaper parameters.

SYNTAX:
eth switch shaper config shaper = <number{0-1}> [unicast = <{enabled|disabled}>] [multicast = <{enabled|disabled}>] [broadcast = <{enabled|disabled}>] [control = <{enabled|disabled}>] [unknown = <{enabled|disabled}>] [discard = <{enabled|disabled}>] [normalize = <{enabled|disabled}>] [exclude_ipg = <{enabled|disabled}>]

where: shaper unicast multicast broadcast control unknown discard normalize exclude_ipg The shaper instance. Shape unicast traffic. Shape multicast traffic. Shape broadcast traffic. Shape MAC control traffic. Shape traffic with unknown destination address. Discard frame at overflow (else attempt for flow control). Use relative speed calculations. Exclude the Inter Packet Gap in the speed calculations. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

408

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth switch shaper ifconfig


Configure per port shaper parameters.

SYNTAX:
eth switch shaper ifconfig port = <number{1-4}> ingress = <{enabled|disabled}> shaper = <number{0-1}> [state = <{enabled|disabled}>] [speed = <number{64000-1000000000}>] [burstsize = <{16|20|28|40|76|140|268|500}>]

where: port ingress shaper state speed burstsize The port. Ingress port = enabled; egress port = disabled. The shaper instance. Enable/disable shaping. Speed in bits/sec. Burst size in KBytes. REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

409

ETH COMMANDS

eth switch shaper iflist


Display shaper configuration per port.

410

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth switch share add


Add a port to be shared.

SYNTAX:
eth switch share add port = <number{1-4}> shared = <number{1-4}>

where: port shared The port. The shared port. REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

411

ETH COMMANDS

eth switch share delete


Delete a shared port.

SYNTAX:
eth switch share delete port = <number{1-4}> shared = <number{1-4}>

where: port shared The port. The shared port. REQUIRED REQUIRED

412

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth switch share list


Display shared ports.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

413

ETH COMMANDS

eth switch storm ifconfig


Configure per port storm control parameters.

SYNTAX:
eth switch storm ifconfig port = <number{1-4}> [state = <{enabled|disabled}>] [rate = <number{0-1000}>] [burstsize = <{16|20|28|40|76|140|268|500}>] [broadcast = <{enabled|disabled}>] [multicast = <{enabled|disabled}>] [unknown = <{enabled|disabled}>]

where: port state rate burstsize broadcast multicast unknown The port. Enable/disable storm control. Rate in 10ths of percent. Burst size in KBytes. Storm control for broadcast traffic. Storm control for multicast traffic. Storm control for traffic with unknown destination address. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

414

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth switch storm iflist


Display storm control configuration per port.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

415

ETH COMMANDS

eth vlan add


Add a new virtual LAN.

SYNTAX:
eth vlan add name = <string> vid = <number{2-4094}> [addrule = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: name vid addrule The new VLAN name. The new VLAN id. Add the default bridge constraint. REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL

416

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth vlan delete


Delete a virtual LAN.

SYNTAX:
eth vlan delete where: name The VLAN name. REQUIRED name = <{default}>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

417

ETH COMMANDS

eth vlan flush


Flush all virtual LAN's.

418

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth vlan list


Display all virtual LAN's.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

419

ETH COMMANDS

eth vlan priomap config


Change a VLAN/DE to/from internalpriority mapping.

SYNTAX:
eth vlan priomap config entry = <{prio_0_7_2vlan|prio_8_15_2vlan| prio_0_7_2de|prio_8_15_2de|vlan2prio_de_0| vlan2prio_de_1}> priomap = <string>

where: entry priomap Which prioritymap entry to edit. The 8 priority mapping values. REQUIRED REQUIRED

420

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

eth vlan priomap list


Display the VLAN/DE to/from internal priority mappings.

SYNTAX:
eth vlan priomap list name = <{wan|local|lan|tunnel|dmz|guest| private|ssdp_ip|mdap_ip|imap|imap3|imap4ssl|imaps|pop2|pop3|pop3s|smtp|ssh|dns|nntp| ipsec|esp|ah|ike|DiffServ|sip|h323|dhcp|rtsp| ssdp_serv|mdap_serv|syslog}> [type = <{intf|ip|serv|mac|length}>] mac [!] = <hardware-address> addr [!] = <ip-range> [mask [ = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>] [intf [!] = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}>] [intfgroup [!] = <{wan|local|lan|tunnel|dmz| guest} or number>] [tos [!] = <number{0-255}>] [precedence [!] = <{routine|priority| immediate|flash|flash-override|CRITIC-ECP| internetwork-control|network-control} or number>] [dscp [!] = <{ef|af11|af12|af13|af21|af22| af23|af31|af32|af33|af41|af42|af43|cs0|cs1| cs2|cs3|cs4|cs5|cs6|cs7} or number>] [proto [!] = <{icmp|igmp|ipinip|tcp|udp|ah| esp|ipcomp} or number>] [srcport [!] = <{undefined|at-echo|at-nbp| at-rtmp|at-zis|auth|bgp|biff|doom|echo|exec| finger|ftp|ftp-data|gopher|h323|httpproxy| ike|ils|imap2|imap3|ingres-net|ipcserver|ipx| irc-o|irc-u|kerberos|ldap|login|netbios-dgm| netbios-ns|netbios-ssn|netwall|netware-ip|newrwho|nfds|nicname|nntp|ntalk|ntp|pcmail-srv| pop2|pop3|printer|qotd|realaudio|rip|rtelnet| rtsp|sip|smtp|snmp|snmptrap|snpp|sntp|sql*net| sql-net|sqlserv|sunrpc|syslog|systat|talk| telnet|time|timed|tftp|ulistserv|utime|uucp| uucp-rlogin|who|www-http|whoami|xwindows} or number>] [srcportend = <{undefined|at-echo|at-nbp| at-rtmp|at-zis|auth|bgp|biff|doom|echo|exec| finger|ftp|ftp-data|gopher|h323|httpproxy| ike|ils|imap2|imap3|ingres-net|ipcserver|ipx| irc-o|irc-u|kerberos|ldap|login|netbios-dgm| netbios-ns|netbios-ssn|netwall|netware-ip|newrwho|nfds|nicname|nntp|ntalk|ntp|pcmail-srv| pop2|pop3|printer|qotd|realaudio|rip|rtelnet| rtsp|sip|smtp|snmp|snmptrap|snpp|sntp|sql*net| sql-net|sqlserv|sunrpc|syslog|systat|talk| telnet|time|timed|tftp|ulistserv|utime|uucp|

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

421

ETH COMMANDS

uucp-rlogin|who|www-http|whoami|xwindows} or number>] [dstport [!] = <{undefined|at-echo|at-nbp| at-rtmp|at-zis|auth|bgp|biff|doom|echo|exec| finger|ftp|ftp-data|gopher|h323|httpproxy| ike|ils|imap2|imap3|ingres-net|ipcserver|ipx| irc-o|irc-u|kerberos|ldap|login|netbios-dgm| netbios-ns|netbios-ssn|netwall|netware-ip|newrwho|nfds|nicname|nntp|ntalk|ntp|pcmail-srv| pop2|pop3|printer|qotd|realaudio|rip|rtelnet| rtsp|sip|smtp|snmp|snmptrap|snpp|sntp|sql*net| sql-net|sqlserv|sunrpc|syslog|systat|talk| telnet|time|timed|tftp|ulistserv|utime|uucp| uucp-rlogin|who|www-http|whoami|xwindows} or number>] [dstportend = <{undefined|at-echo|at-nbp| at-rtmp|at-zis|auth|bgp|biff|doom|echo|exec| finger|ftp|ftp-data|gopher|h323|httpproxy| ike|ils|imap2|imap3|ingres-net|ipcserver|ipx| irc-o|irc-u|kerberos|ldap|login|netbios-dgm| netbios-ns|netbios-ssn|netwall|netware-ip|newrwho|nfds|nicname|nntp|ntalk|ntp|pcmail-srv| pop2|pop3|printer|qotd|realaudio|rip|rtelnet| rtsp|sip|smtp|snmp|snmptrap|snpp|sntp|sql*net| sql-net|sqlserv|sunrpc|syslog|systat|talk| telnet|time|timed|tftp|ulistserv|utime|uucp| uucp-rlogin|who|www-http|whoami|xwindows} or number>] [icmptype [!] = <{echo-reply|destinationunreachable|source-quench|redirect|exceeded| parameter-problems|timestamp-request| timestamp-reply|information-request| information-reply|address-mask-request| address-mask-reply} or number>] [icmpcode [!] = <number{0-15}>] [icmpcodeend = <number{0-15}>] iplengthmin [!] = <er{0-15}> [iplengthmax = <er{0-15}>] where: name type mac [!] The name of an expression to add. The type of an expression. The MAC address. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT. addr [!] The IP address or range. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT. mask [ intf [!] The IP mask (ignored if an IP range is provided). The IP interface name. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL REQUIRED

422

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

ETH COMMANDS

intfgroup [!]

The IP interface group. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT.

OPTIONAL

tos [!]

The Type Of Service specification in the IP packet. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT.

OPTIONAL

precedence [!]

The precedence in the IP packet (part of tos). If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT.

OPTIONAL

dscp [!]

The diffserv code point in the IP packet (part of tos). If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT.

OPTIONAL

proto [!]

The IP protocol (name or number) in the IP packet. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT.

OPTIONAL

srcport [!]

The TCP/UDP source port number or range begin. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT.

OPTIONAL

srcportend dstport [!]

The source TCP/UDP source port range end. (inclusive) The TCP/UDP destination port number or range begin. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT.

OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

dstportend icmptype [!]

The TCP/UDP destination port range end. The ICMP type (name or number) of the packet. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT.

OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

icmpcode [!]

The ICMP code or range begin. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT.

OPTIONAL

icmpcodeend iplengthmin [!]

The ICMP code range end. (inclusive) The minimum IP length in bytes (header inclusive). If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT.

OPTIONAL REQUIRED

iplengthmax

The maximum IP length including header in bytes (header inclusive).

OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

423

EXPR COMMANDS

424

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

EXPR COMMANDS

expr Commands
expr delete expr flush expr list expr modify Delete an expression. Flush all expressions. List expressions. Modify an expression. see page 426 see page 427 see page 428 see page 429

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

425

EXPR COMMANDS

expr delete
Delete an expression.

SYNTAX:
expr delete name = <{wan|local|lan|tunnel|dmz|guest| private|ssdp_ip|mdap_ip|imap|imap3|imap4ssl|imaps|pop2|pop3|pop3s|smtp|ssh|dns|nntp| ipsec|esp|ah|ike|DiffServ|sip|h323|dhcp|rtsp| ssdp_serv|mdap_serv|syslog}> [index = <number>]

where: name index The name of an expression to delete. The index of a subexpression. REQUIRED OPTIONAL

426

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

EXPR COMMANDS

expr flush
Flush all expressions.

SYNTAX:
expr flush [state = <{disabled|enabled}>] [keep = <{disabled|enabled}>] [tcpchecks = <{none|fast|exact}>] [udpchecks = <{disabled|enabled}>] [icmpchecks = <{disabled|enabled}>] [logdefault = <{disabled|enabled}>] [logthreshold = <{disabled|enabled}>] [tcpwindow = <number{0-1073725440}>]

where: state keep tcpchecks udpchecks icmpchecks logdefault logthreshold tcpwindow Disable/Enable the firewall. Disable/Enable keeping existing connections when firewall rules change. Select level of TCP checks. Disable/Enable UDP checks. Disable/Enable ICMP checks. Disable/Enable logging of default firewall rule. Disable/Enable log thresholding. Modify the tcpwindow for fast TCP checks OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

427

EXPR COMMANDS

expr list
List expressions.

SYNTAX:
expr list [name = <{_intf_0|UPnP-HTTP_if_0|_intf_1| _intf_2|DHCP-R_if_0|wan|local|lan| HTTPs_if_0|FTP_if_0|TELNET_if_0|DNS-S_if_0| PING_RESPONDER_if_0|MDAP_if_0|PPTPD_if_0| PPTPGRE_if_0|_addr_127_0_0_1|_addr_10_0_0_138| _addr_192_168_1_254|private|ssdp_ip|mdap_ip| 192.168.1.253|UPnP-HTTP_sv_0|DHCP-R_sv_0| icmp|igmp|ftp|telnet|http|httpproxy|https| RPC|NBT|SMB|imap|imap3|imap4-ssl|imaps|pop2| pop3|pop3s|smtp|ssh|dns|nntp|ipsec|esp|ah| ike|DiffServ|sip|h323|dhcp|rtsp|ssdp_serv| mdap_serv|syslog|HTTPI_sv_0|SSDP_sv_0| DHCP-S_sv_0|HTTP_sv_0|HTTPs_sv_0|FTP_sv_0| TELNET_sv_0|IGMP-Proxy_sv_0|DNS-S_sv_0| PING_RESPONDER_sv_0|MDAP_sv_0|PPTPD_sv_0| PPTPGRE_sv_0}>] [type = <{intf|ip|serv|mac|length}>] [format = <{pretty|cli}>]

where: name type format The name of an expression to list. The type of an expression. The format of the expression list. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

428

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

EXPR COMMANDS

expr modify
Modify an expression.

SYNTAX:
expr modify name = <{wan|local|lan|tunnel|dmz|guest| private|ssdp_ip|mdap_ip|imap|imap3|imap4ssl|imaps|pop2|pop3|pop3s|smtp|ssh|dns|nntp| ipsec|esp|ah|ike|DiffServ|sip|h323|dhcp|rtsp| ssdp_serv|mdap_serv|syslog}> [type = <{intf|ip|serv|mac|length}>] index = <number> mac [!] = <hardware-address> addr [!] = <ip-range> [mask [ = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>] [intf [!] = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}>] [intfgroup [!] = <{wan|local|lan|tunnel|dmz| guest} or number>] [tos [!] = <number{0-255}>] [precedence [!] = <{routine|priority| immediate|flash|flash-override|CRITIC-ECP| internetwork-control|network-control} or number>] [dscp [!] = <{ef|af11|af12|af13|af21|af22| af23|af31|af32|af33|af41|af42|af43|cs0|cs1| cs2|cs3|cs4|cs5|cs6|cs7} or number>] [proto [!] = <{icmp|igmp|ipinip|tcp|udp|ah| esp|ipcomp} or number>] [srcport [!] = <{undefined|at-echo|at-nbp| at-rtmp|at-zis|auth|bgp|biff|doom|echo|exec| finger|ftp|ftp-data|gopher|h323|httpproxy| ike|ils|imap2|imap3|ingres-net|ipcserver|ipx| irc-o|irc-u|kerberos|ldap|login|netbios-dgm| netbios-ns|netbios-ssn|netwall|netware-ip|newrwho|nfds|nicname|nntp|ntalk|ntp|pcmail-srv| pop2|pop3|printer|qotd|realaudio|rip|rtelnet| rtsp|sip|smtp|snmp|snmptrap|snpp|sntp|sql*net| sql-net|sqlserv|sunrpc|syslog|systat|talk| telnet|time|timed|tftp|ulistserv|utime|uucp| uucp-rlogin|who|www-http|whoami|xwindows} or number>] [srcportend = <{undefined|at-echo|at-nbp| at-rtmp|at-zis|auth|bgp|biff|doom|echo|exec| finger|ftp|ftp-data|gopher|h323|httpproxy| ike|ils|imap2|imap3|ingres-net|ipcserver|ipx| irc-o|irc-u|kerberos|ldap|login|netbios-dgm| netbios-ns|netbios-ssn|netwall|netware-ip|newrwho|nfds|nicname|nntp|ntalk|ntp|pcmail-srv| pop2|pop3|printer|qotd|realaudio|rip|rtelnet| rtsp|sip|smtp|snmp|snmptrap|snpp|sntp|sql*net| sql-net|sqlserv|sunrpc|syslog|systat|talk| telnet|time|timed|tftp|ulistserv|utime|uucp|

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

429

EXPR COMMANDS

uucp-rlogin|who|www-http|whoami|xwindows} or number>] [dstport [!] = <{undefined|at-echo|at-nbp| at-rtmp|at-zis|auth|bgp|biff|doom|echo|exec| finger|ftp|ftp-data|gopher|h323|httpproxy| ike|ils|imap2|imap3|ingres-net|ipcserver|ipx| irc-o|irc-u|kerberos|ldap|login|netbios-dgm| netbios-ns|netbios-ssn|netwall|netware-ip|newrwho|nfds|nicname|nntp|ntalk|ntp|pcmail-srv| pop2|pop3|printer|qotd|realaudio|rip|rtelnet| rtsp|sip|smtp|snmp|snmptrap|snpp|sntp|sql*net| sql-net|sqlserv|sunrpc|syslog|systat|talk| telnet|time|timed|tftp|ulistserv|utime|uucp| uucp-rlogin|who|www-http|whoami|xwindows} or number>] [dstportend = <{undefined|at-echo|at-nbp| at-rtmp|at-zis|auth|bgp|biff|doom|echo|exec| finger|ftp|ftp-data|gopher|h323|httpproxy| ike|ils|imap2|imap3|ingres-net|ipcserver|ipx| irc-o|irc-u|kerberos|ldap|login|netbios-dgm| netbios-ns|netbios-ssn|netwall|netware-ip|newrwho|nfds|nicname|nntp|ntalk|ntp|pcmail-srv| pop2|pop3|printer|qotd|realaudio|rip|rtelnet| rtsp|sip|smtp|snmp|snmptrap|snpp|sntp|sql*net| sql-net|sqlserv|sunrpc|syslog|systat|talk| telnet|time|timed|tftp|ulistserv|utime|uucp| uucp-rlogin|who|www-http|whoami|xwindows} or number>] [icmptype [!] = <{echo-reply|destinationunreachable|source-quench|redirect|exceeded| parameter-problems|timestamp-request| timestamp-reply|information-request| information-reply|address-mask-request| address-mask-reply} or number>] [icmpcode [!] = <number{0-15}>] [icmpcodeend = <number{0-15}>] iplengthmin [!] = <er{0-15}> [iplengthmax = <er{0-15}>] where: name type index mac [!] The name of an expression to modify. The type of an expression. The index of a subexpression. The MAC address. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT. addr [!] The IP address or range. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT. mask [ The IP mask (ignored if an IP range is provided). OPTIONAL REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL REQUIRED REQUIRED

430

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

EXPR COMMANDS

intf [!]

The IP interface name. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT.

OPTIONAL

intfgroup [!]

The IP interface group. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT.

OPTIONAL

tos [!]

The Type Of Service specification in the IP packet. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT.

OPTIONAL

precedence [!]

The precedence in the IP packet (part of tos). If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT.

OPTIONAL

dscp [!]

The diffserv code point in the IP packet (part of tos). If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT.

OPTIONAL

proto [!]

The IP protocol (name or number) in the IP packet. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT.

OPTIONAL

srcport [!]

The TCP/UDP source port number or range begin. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT.

OPTIONAL

srcportend dstport [!]

The source TCP/UDP source port range end. (inclusive) The TCP/UDP destination port number or range begin. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT.

OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

dstportend icmptype [!]

The TCP/UDP destination port range end. The ICMP type (name or number) of the packet. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT.

OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

icmpcode [!]

The ICMP code or range begin. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT.

OPTIONAL

icmpcodeend iplengthmin [!]

The ICMP code range end. (inclusive) The minimum IP length in bytes (header inclusive). If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT.

OPTIONAL REQUIRED

iplengthmax

The maximum IP length including header in bytes (header inclusive).

OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

431

FIREWALL COMMANDS

432

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

FIREWALL COMMANDS

firewall Commands
firewall chain add firewall chain delete firewall chain flush firewall chain list firewall clear firewall debug clear firewall debug stats firewall debug traceconfig firewall level add firewall level delete firewall level flush firewall level list firewall level modify firewall level set firewall list firewall rule add firewall rule debug clear firewall rule debug stats firewall rule debug traceconfig firewall rule delete firewall rule flush firewall rule list firewall rule modify Add a chain. Delete a chain. Flush all chains. Display a list of chains. Clear firewall configuration. Clear firewall statistics. Display firewall statistics. Display/Modify firewall trace configuration. Add a new security level. Delete a security level. Flush security level configuration. List all security levels. Modify a security level. Set/Display active security level. Display firewall configuration. Add a rule. Clear rule statistics. Display rule statistics. Display/Modify rule trace configuration. Delete a rule. Flush all rules. Display a list of rules. Modify a rule. see page 434 see page 435 see page 436 see page 437 see page 438 see page 439 see page 440 see page 441 see page 442 see page 443 see page 444 see page 445 see page 446 see page 447 see page 448 see page 449 see page 451 see page 452 see page 453 see page 454 see page 455 see page 456 see page 457

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

433

FIREWALL COMMANDS

firewall chain add


Add a chain.

SYNTAX:
firewall chain add where: chain The name of the chain to add. REQUIRED chain = <string>

434

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

FIREWALL COMMANDS

firewall chain delete


Delete a chain.

SYNTAX:
firewall chain delete where: chain The name of the chain to delete. REQUIRED chain = <chain name>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

435

FIREWALL COMMANDS

firewall chain flush


Flush all chains.

436

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

FIREWALL COMMANDS

firewall chain list


Display a list of chains.

SYNTAX:
firewall chain list where: format The format of the chain list. OPTIONAL [format = <{pretty|cli}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

437

FIREWALL COMMANDS

firewall clear
Clear firewall configuration.

438

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

FIREWALL COMMANDS

firewall debug clear


Clear firewall statistics.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

439

FIREWALL COMMANDS

firewall debug stats


Display firewall statistics.

440

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

FIREWALL COMMANDS

firewall debug traceconfig


Display/Modify firewall trace configuration.

SYNTAX:
firewall debug traceconfig [tcpchecks = <{disabled|enabled}>] [udpchecks = <{disabled|enabled}>] [icmpchecks = <{disabled|enabled}>] [sink = <{none|all|accept|deny|drop|reset} or number>] [forward = <{none|all|accept|deny|drop|reset} or number>] [source = <{none|all|accept|deny|drop|reset} or number>]

where: tcpchecks udpchecks icmpchecks sink forward source Disable/Enable tcpchecks traces. Disable/Enable udpchecks traces. Disable/Enable icmpchecks traces. The action the firewall traces for sink traffic. The action the firewall traces for forward traffic. The action the firewall traces for source traffic. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

441

FIREWALL COMMANDS

firewall level add


Add a new security level.

SYNTAX:
firewall level add name = <string> [index = <number>] [readonly = <{disabled|enabled}>] [udptrackmode = <{strict|loose}>] [service = <{disabled|enabled}>] [proxy = <{disabled|enabled}>] [text = <quoted string>] [policy = <{default|drop|accept|strict| loose}>]

where: name index readonly udptrackmode service proxy text policy The name of the security level to add. The index of the security level. Select whether the security level is readonly. Select UDP connection tracking mode. Enable/Disable host service definitions for this security level. Enable/Disable proxy system services for this security level. The description of this security level. Select default policy of this security level. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

442

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

FIREWALL COMMANDS

firewall level delete


Delete a security level.

SYNTAX:
firewall level delete where: name The name of the security level to delete. REQUIRED name = <security level name>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

443

FIREWALL COMMANDS

firewall level flush


Flush security level configuration.

444

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

FIREWALL COMMANDS

firewall level list


List all security levels.

SYNTAX:
firewall level list where: format The format of the security level list. OPTIONAL [format = <{pretty|cli}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

445

FIREWALL COMMANDS

firewall level modify


Modify a security level.

SYNTAX:
firewall level modify name = <security level name> [index = <number>] [readonly = <{disabled|enabled}>] [udptrackmode = <{strict|loose}>] [service = <{disabled|enabled}>] [proxy = <{disabled|enabled}>] [text = <quoted string>] [policy = <{default|drop|accept|strict| loose}>]

where: name index readonly udptrackmode service proxy text policy The name of the security level to modify. The index of this security level. Select whether the security level is readonly. Select UDP connection tracking mode. Enable/Disable service definitions for this security level. Enable/Disable proxy system services for this security level. The description of this security level. Select default policy of this security level. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

446

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

FIREWALL COMMANDS

firewall level set


Set/Display active security level.

SYNTAX:
firewall level set where: name The name of the security level to set active. OPTIONAL [name = <security level name>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

447

FIREWALL COMMANDS

firewall list
Display firewall configuration.

SYNTAX:
firewall list where: format The format of the firewall list. OPTIONAL [format = <{pretty|cli}>]

448

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

FIREWALL COMMANDS

firewall rule add


Add a rule.

SYNTAX:
firewall rule add chain = <chain name> [index = <number>] [name = <string>] [clink = <chain name>] [srcintf [!] = <{wan|local|lan|tunnel|dmz| guest}>] [srcip [!] = <{private|ssdp_ip|mdap_ip| 192.168.1.253}>] [dstintf [!] = <{wan|local|lan|tunnel|dmz| guest}>] [dstip [!] = <{private|ssdp_ip|mdap_ip| 192.168.1.253}>] [serv [!] = <{icmp|igmp|ftp|telnet|http| httpproxy|https|RPC|NBT|SMB|imap|esp|ah| ike|DiffServ|sip|h323|dhcp|rtsp|ssdp_serv| mdap_serv|syslog}>] [length [!] = <{}>] [log = <{disabled|enabled}>] [state = <{disabled|enabled}>] action = <{accept|deny|drop|reset|count|link}>

where: chain index name clink srcintf [!] The name of the chain which contains the rule. The index of the rule in the chain. The name of the new rule. The name of the chain to be parsed when this rule applies. The name of the source interface expression. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT. srcip [!] The name of the source ip expression. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT. dstintf [!] The name of the destination interface expression. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT. dstip [!] The name of the destination ip expression. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT. serv [!] The name of the service expression. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

449

FIREWALL COMMANDS

length [!]

The name of the length expression. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT.

OPTIONAL

log state action

Disable/Enable logging when this rule applies. Disable/Enable this rule. The action to be taken when this rule applies ('link' when clink is used).

OPTIONAL OPTIONAL REQUIRED

450

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

FIREWALL COMMANDS

firewall rule debug clear


Clear rule statistics.

SYNTAX:
firewall rule debug clear [chain = [index = Show the table. = <chain name>] <number>] current routes in the grp routing <number>

where: chain index Show the current routes in the grp routing table. The name of the chain. The index of the rule in the chain.Command: grp rtlist Syntax : rtlist [dst = <ip-address>] [dstmsk = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>] OPTIONAL OPTIONAL REQUIRED

SYNTAX:
firewall rule debug clear [dst = <ip-address>] [dstmsk = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>]

where: dst dstmsk The destination IP address using this route. Supports ip/ mask notation. The destination IP address mask. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

451

FIREWALL COMMANDS

firewall rule debug stats


Display rule statistics.

SYNTAX:
firewall rule debug stats [chain = <chain name>] [index = <number>]

where: chain index The name of the chain. The index of the rule in the chain. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

452

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

FIREWALL COMMANDS

firewall rule debug traceconfig


Display/Modify rule trace configuration.

SYNTAX:
firewall rule debug traceconfig where: state Disable/Enable rule traces. OPTIONAL [state = <{disabled|enabled}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

453

FIREWALL COMMANDS

firewall rule delete


Delete a rule.

SYNTAX:
firewall rule delete chain = <chain name> index = <number>

where: chain index The name of the chain in which to delete the rule. The number of the rule in the chain. REQUIRED REQUIRED

454

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

FIREWALL COMMANDS

firewall rule flush


Flush all rules.

SYNTAX:
firewall rule flush where: chain The name of the chain to flush. OPTIONAL [chain = <chain name>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

455

FIREWALL COMMANDS

firewall rule list


Display a list of rules.

SYNTAX:
firewall rule list [chain = <chain name>] [format = <{pretty|cli}>]

where: chain format The name of the chain to list the rules of. The format of the rule list. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

456

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

FIREWALL COMMANDS

firewall rule modify


Modify a rule.

SYNTAX:
firewall rule modify chain = <chain name> [index = <number>] [newindex = <number>] [name = <string>] [clink = <chain name>] [[!]srcintf] = <chain name>] [[!]srcip] = <chain name>] [[!]dstintf] = <chain name>] [[!]dstip] = <chain name>] [[!]serv] = <chain name>] [[!]length] = <chain name>] [log = <{disabled|enabled}>] [state = <{disabled|enabled}>] [action = <{accept|deny|drop|reset|count| link}>]

where: chain index newindex name clink [!]srcintf] The name of the chain which contains the rule. The index of the rule in the chain. The new index of the rule in the chain. The name of the new rule. The name of the chain to be parsed when this rule applies. The name of the source interface expression. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT. [!]srcip] The name of the source ip expression. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT. [!]dstintf] The name of the destination interface expression. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT. [!]dstip] The name of the destination ip expression. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT. [!]serv] The name of the service expression. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT. [!]length] The name of the length expression. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

457

FIREWALL COMMANDS

log state action

Disable/Enable logging when this rule applies. Disable/Enable this rule. The action to be taken when this rule applies ('link' when clink is used).

OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

458

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

GRP COMMANDS

grp Commands
grp config grp flush grp rip config grp rip flush grp rip ifconfig grp rip show Set the grp configuration settings. Flush grp interface settings and parameters. Set the RIP configuration settings. Flush RIP interface settings and global parameters. Configure a RIP interface. Show the RIP settings and the routes in the RIP database. see page 460 see page 461 see page 462 see page 463 see page 464 see page 465

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

459

GRP COMMANDS

grp config
Set the grp configuration settings.

SYNTAX:
grp config [cdistance = <number{0-255}>] [kdistance = <number{0-255}>] [rdistance = <number{0-255}>] [trace = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: cdistance kdistance rdistance trace Set the distance of the connected route type. Default distance is 0. Set the distance of the kernel route type. Default distance is 1. Set the distance of the RIP route type. Default distance is 120. Enable/Disable tracing. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

460

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

GRP COMMANDS

grp flush
Flush grp interface settings and parameters.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

461

GRP COMMANDS

grp rip config


Set the RIP configuration settings.

SYNTAX:
grp rip config state = <{disabled|enabled}> [version = <{rip_unspec|rip_v1|rip_v2}>] [updatetime = <number{1-3600}>]

where: state version updatetime Enable/Disable the RIP daemon. Set the RIP version. Set the routing table update timer value. Default is 30 seconds. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

462

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

GRP COMMANDS

grp rip flush


Flush RIP interface settings and global parameters.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

463

GRP COMMANDS

grp rip ifconfig


Configure a RIP interface.

SYNTAX:
grp rip ifconfig intf = <{LocalNetwork|Internet}> [rip = <{disabled|enabled}>] [rxversion = <{rip_unspec|rip_v1|rip_v2| rip_v1-2}>] [authmode = <{none|cleartext}>] [authstr = <password>] [splithorizon = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: intf rip rxversion authmode authstr splithorizon The name of the RIP interface to configure. Enable/Disable the RIP status. Set the RIP receive version. Set the RIP authentication mode. Set the RIP authentication password. Enable/Disable the split horizon status. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

464

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

GRP COMMANDS

grp rip show


Show the RIP settings and the routes in the RIP database.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

465

HELP COMMAND

466

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

HELP COMMAND

help Command
Delete an ATM interface.

SYNTAX:
atm ifdelete where: intf The name of the ATM interface. REQUIRED intf = <{}>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

467

HOSTMGR COMMANDS

468

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

HOSTMGR COMMANDS

hostmgr Commands
hostmgr add hostmgr config hostmgr delete hostmgr flush hostmgr list hostmgr update Add host device Configure Device Discovery deamon Delete host device Flush Device Discovery configuration (i.e. clear & to defaults) List all host devices Update host device parameters see page 470 see page 471 see page 472 see page 473 see page 474 see page 475

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

469

HOSTMGR COMMANDS

hostmgr add
Add host device

SYNTAX:
hostmgr add mac_addr = <hardware-address> [host_type = <{Generic|Desktop|Laptop|STB|PDA| GS|Phone|GSM|Printer|MassStorage|None}>] [host_name = <string>] [user_friendly_name = <quoted string>] [dns_name = <string>] [type = <{Unknown|L2-FXS|L2-USB|L2-BT|L3-IP| L7-UPNP|L2-PPPOERELAY|L2-WLAN}>] [interface = <string>] [ip_intf = <string>]

where: mac_addr host_type host_name user_friendly_name dns_name type interface ip_intf Host MAC address Host type Host name Host user friendly name Host DNS name Host connection type Host Ethernet interface XREF Host IP interface XREF REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

470

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

HOSTMGR COMMANDS

hostmgr config
Configure Device Discovery deamon

SYNTAX:
hostmgr config [state = <{disabled|enabled}>] [trace = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: state trace Enable/disable Device Discovery deamon Enable/disable Device Discovery traces OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

471

HOSTMGR COMMANDS

hostmgr delete
Delete host device

SYNTAX:
hostmgr delete mac_addr = <hardware-address> [type = <{Unknown|L2-FXS|L2-USB|L2-BT|L3-IP| L7-UPNP|L2-PPPOERELAY|L2-WLAN}>] [index = <known|L2-FXS|L2-USB|L2-BT|L3-IP|L7UPNP|L2-PPPOERELAY|L2-WLAN}>]

where: mac_addr type index Host MAC address Host connection type >] Host index REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

472

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

HOSTMGR COMMANDS

hostmgr flush
Flush Device Discovery configuration (i.e. clear & to defaults)

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

473

HOSTMGR COMMANDS

hostmgr list
List all host devices

SYNTAX:
hostmgr list [expand = <{disabled|enabled}>] Display/Modify IDS configuration. = <{disabled|enabled}>

where: expand Display/Modify IDS configuration. Expanded listing.Command: ids config Syntax : config [state = <{disabled|enabled}>] [trace = <{disabled|enabled}>] OPTIONAL REQUIRED

SYNTAX:
hostmgr list [state = <{disabled|enabled}>] [trace = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: state trace Enable/Disable ids checks. Enable/Disable ids traces. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

474

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

HOSTMGR COMMANDS

hostmgr update
Update host device parameters

SYNTAX:
hostmgr update mac_addr = <hardware-address> [host_type = <{Generic|Desktop|Laptop|STB|PDA| GS|Phone|GSM|Printer|MassStorage|None}>] [host_name = <string>] [user_friendly_name = <quoted string>] [dns_name = <string>] [type = <{Unknown|L2-FXS|L2-USB|L2-BT|L3-IP| L7-UPNP|L2-PPPOERELAY|L2-WLAN}>] [interface = <string>] [ip_intf = <string>]

where: mac_addr host_type host_name user_friendly_name dns_name type interface ip_intf Host MAC address Host type Host name Host user friendly name Host DNS name Host connection type Host Ethernet interface XREF Host IP interface XREF REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

475

IDS COMMANDS

476

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IDS COMMANDS

ids Commands
ids clear ids parser list ids parser modify ids pattern clear ids pattern list ids pattern stats ids signature list ids signature modify ids threshold clear ids threshold list ids threshold modify Clear IDS statistics. Display ids parser configuration. Modify ids parser configuration. Reset pattern tracker. Display patterns in pattern tracker. Display pattern tracker statistics. Display ids signature configuration. Modify ids signature configuration. Reset IDS thresholds. Display IDS thresholds. Modify IDS threshold. see page 478 see page 479 see page 480 see page 481 see page 482 see page 483 see page 484 see page 485 see page 486 see page 487 see page 488

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

477

IDS COMMANDS

ids clear
Clear IDS statistics.

478

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IDS COMMANDS

ids parser list


Display ids parser configuration.

SYNTAX:
ids parser list where: parser The name of the parser. OPTIONAL [parser = <parser>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

479

IDS COMMANDS

ids parser modify


Modify ids parser configuration.

SYNTAX:
ids parser modify [parser = <parser>] state = <{disabled|enabled}>

where: parser state The name of the parser. The state of the parser. OPTIONAL REQUIRED

480

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IDS COMMANDS

ids pattern clear


Reset pattern tracker.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

481

IDS COMMANDS

ids pattern list


Display patterns in pattern tracker.

SYNTAX:
ids pattern list where: size Modify the size of pattern tracker list. OPTIONAL [size = <{10|100|full} or number>]

482

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IDS COMMANDS

ids pattern stats


Display pattern tracker statistics.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

483

IDS COMMANDS

ids signature list


Display ids signature configuration.

SYNTAX:
ids signature list [signature = <fragment_sweep|zerolength_fragment_size|small_fragment_size| ip_protocol_scan|tcp_port_scan| tcp_syn_scan|stealth_tcp_null_scan| stealth_tcp_fin_scan|stealth_tcp_xmas_scan| stealth_tcp_full_xmas_scan| stealth_tcp_vecna_scan|stealth_tcp_synfin_scan|udp_port_scan|ping_sweep_scan| tcp_syn_flood|udp_flood|ping_flood| icmp_unreachable_storm|smurf_broadcast_attack| smurf_storm_attack|fraggle_broadcast_attack| fraggle_storm_attack|land_attack| spoofed_packet|tcp_null_port| tcp_data_on_syn_segment| tcp_invalid_urgent_offset|udp_null_port| icmp_type_unknown|icmp_code_unknown| ip_zero_payload|tcp_rate_limiting| udp_rate_limiting|icmp_rate_limiting| ip_rate_limiting}>]

where: signature The name of the signature. OPTIONAL

484

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IDS COMMANDS

ids signature modify


Modify ids signature configuration.

SYNTAX:
ids signature modify [signature = <fragment_sweep|zerolength_fragment_size|small_fragment_size| ip_protocol_scan|tcp_port_scan| tcp_syn_scan|stealth_tcp_null_scan| stealth_tcp_fin_scan|stealth_tcp_xmas_scan| stealth_tcp_full_xmas_scan| stealth_tcp_vecna_scan|stealth_tcp_synfin_scan|udp_port_scan|ping_sweep_scan| tcp_syn_flood|udp_flood|ping_flood| icmp_unreachable_storm|smurf_broadcast_attack| smurf_storm_attack|fraggle_broadcast_attack| fraggle_storm_attack|land_attack| spoofed_packet|tcp_null_port| tcp_data_on_syn_segment| tcp_invalid_urgent_offset|udp_null_port| icmp_type_unknown|icmp_code_unknown| ip_zero_payload|tcp_rate_limiting| udp_rate_limiting|icmp_rate_limiting| ip_rate_limiting}>] state = <{disabled|enabled}>

where: signature state The name of the signature. The state of the sign. OPTIONAL REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

485

IDS COMMANDS

ids threshold clear


Reset IDS thresholds.

SYNTAX:
ids threshold clear where: requirera Enable/Disable the router alert IP option check. OPTIONAL [requirera = <{disabled|enabled}>]

486

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IDS COMMANDS

ids threshold list


Display IDS thresholds.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

487

IDS COMMANDS

ids threshold modify


Modify IDS threshold.

SYNTAX:
ids threshold modify index = <number> [window = <number>] [limit = <number>] [scaling = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: index window limit scaling The index of the threshold. The time window of the threshold. The limit of the threshold. Scaling of the threshold window. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

488

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IGMP COMMANDS

igmp Commands
igmp host debug clear igmp host debug stats igmp host flush igmp host ifconfig igmp host iflist igmp host list igmp proxy config igmp proxy debug clear igmp proxy debug stats igmp proxy debug traceconfig igmp proxy flush igmp proxy grouplist igmp proxy ifconfig igmp proxy iflist igmp proxy mbslist Clear IGMP statistics. Print IGMP statistics. Flush the IGMP settings. Configure an IGMP interface. Show the configuration of the IGMP interfaces. Show the IGMP groups. Configure the IGMP proxy. Clear IGMP proxy statistics Print IGMP proxy statistics Modify IGMP proxy trace configuration Flush all IGMP proxy settings and learned groups Show the learned groups on an IGMP proxy interface. Configure an IGMP proxy interface. Show the configuration of an IGMP proxy interface. Show the IGMP proxy membership database (merge of all learned groups). see page 490 see page 491 see page 492 see page 493 see page 494 see page 495 see page 496 see page 497 see page 498 see page 499 see page 500 see page 501 see page 502 see page 503 see page 504

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

489

IGMP COMMANDS

igmp host debug clear


Clear IGMP statistics.

490

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IGMP COMMANDS

igmp host debug stats


Print IGMP statistics.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

491

IGMP COMMANDS

igmp host flush


Flush the IGMP settings.

492

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IGMP COMMANDS

igmp host ifconfig


Configure an IGMP interface.

SYNTAX:
igmp host ifconfig intf = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}> version = <{none|IGMPv1|IGMPv2|IGMPv3}>

where: intf version The IP interface name. The IGMP version of the IP interface. REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

493

IGMP COMMANDS

igmp host iflist


Show the configuration of the IGMP interfaces.

SYNTAX:
igmp host iflist where: expand Expanded listing. OPTIONAL [expand = <{disabled|enabled}>]

494

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IGMP COMMANDS

igmp host list


Show the IGMP groups.

SYNTAX:
igmp host list [intf = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}>] [expand = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: intf expand The IP interface name. Expanded listing. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

495

IGMP COMMANDS

igmp proxy config


Configure the IGMP proxy.

SYNTAX:
igmp proxy config [state = <{disabled|enabled}>] [qi = <number{1-31744}>] [qri = <number{1-3175}>] [lmqi = <number{1-3175}>] [rv = <number{2-7}>] [advinter = <number{4-180}>] [initadvinter = <number{1-4}>] [initadvcount = <number{1-10}>] [requirera = <{disabled|enabled}>] [localgroup = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: state qi qri lmqi rv advinter initadvinter initadvcount requirera localgroup Enable/Disable the IGMP proxy. The interval in seconds between general queries sent by the querier. The maximum response time in seconds for an IGMP client in reply to general queries. The maximum response time in seconds for an IGMP client in reply to group specific queries. The robustness variable allows tuning for expected IGMP packet loss. The interval in seconds for unsolicited MRD advertisements (see rfc4286). The interval in seconds for initial unsolicited MRD advertisements (see rfc4286). The maximum number of initial unsolicited MRD advertisements (see rfc4286). Enable/Disable the router alert IP option check. Enable/Disable the processing of a local multicast group in an IGMP packet. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

496

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IGMP COMMANDS

igmp proxy debug clear


Clear IGMP proxy statistics

SYNTAX:
igmp proxy debug clear [expand = <{disabled|enabled}>] [reverse = <{disabled|enabled}>] Create an IP interface. = <{disabled|enabled}>

where: expand reverse Create an IP interface. Expanded listing. Reverse listing (lower layer iso. upper layer).Command: ip ifadd Syntax : ifadd intf = <string> dest = <{ethoa_8_35}> OPTIONAL OPTIONAL REQUIRED

SYNTAX:
igmp proxy debug clear intf = <string> dest = <{ethoa_8_35}>

where: intf dest An IP interface name. An network interface name. REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

497

IGMP COMMANDS

igmp proxy debug stats


Print IGMP proxy statistics

498

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IGMP COMMANDS

igmp proxy debug traceconfig


Modify IGMP proxy trace configuration

SYNTAX:
igmp proxy debug traceconfig where: state Enable/Disable tracing. OPTIONAL [state = <{disabled|enabled}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

499

IGMP COMMANDS

igmp proxy flush


Flush all IGMP proxy settings and learned groups

500

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IGMP COMMANDS

igmp proxy grouplist


Show the learned groups on an IGMP proxy interface.

SYNTAX:
igmp proxy grouplist [intf = <{LocalNetwork}>] [expand = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: intf expand The name of the IGMP proxy interface to be listed. Expanded listing. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

501

IGMP COMMANDS

igmp proxy ifconfig


Configure an IGMP proxy interface.

SYNTAX:
igmp proxy ifconfig intf = <{LocalNetwork|Internet}> [state = <{inactive|downstream|upstream}>] [version = <{IGMPv1|IGMPv2|IGMPv3}>] [fastleave = <{disabled|enabled}>] [exptrack = <{disabled|enabled}>] [mrd = <{disabled|enabled}>] [spoofing = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: intf state version fastleave exptrack mrd spoofing The name of the IGMP proxy interface to be configured. The state of the IGMP proxy interface. The IGMP version of the IGMP proxy interface. Enable/Disable the immediate deletion of a group when a leave is received. Enable/Disable explicit host tracking. Enable/Disable sending multicast router advertisements (rfc 4286). Enable/Disable spoofing of IGMP packets on upstream interfaces. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

502

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IGMP COMMANDS

igmp proxy iflist


Show the configuration of an IGMP proxy interface.

SYNTAX:
igmp proxy iflist where: expand Expanded listing. OPTIONAL [expand = <{disabled|enabled}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

503

IGMP COMMANDS

igmp proxy mbslist


Show the IGMP proxy membership database (merge of all learned groups).

504

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IP COMMANDS

ip Commands
ip arpadd ip arpdelete ip arplist ip auto debug traceconfig ip auto flush ip auto ifadd ip auto ifattach ip auto ifconfig ip auto ifdelete ip auto ifdetach ip auto iflist ip config ip debug httpprobe ip debug sendto ip debug stats ip debug traceconfig ip flush ip ifattach ip ifconfig ip ifdelete ip ifdetach ip iflist ip ifwait ip ipadd ip ipconfig Add an entry to the ARP cache of a broadcast IP interface. Delete an ARP entry. Display the ARP cache. Modify autoIP trace configuration Flushes autoIP interfaces. Creates a new autoIP interface. Select and assign a link-local address to an autoIP interface. Configures an autoIP interface. Deletes an existing autoIP interface. Release the link-local address for the given autoIP interface. Shows the autoIP interfaces. Display/Modify global IP stack configuration. Send HTTP probe to measure the round trip time taken to connect and access Send UDP packets. Display statistics. Display/Modify IP stack trace configuration. Flush all static IP parameters. Dynamic info (e.g. from PPP links) remains. Attach an IP interface. Modify an IP interface configuration. Delete an IP interface. Detach an IP interface. Display all IP interfaces. Wait for a status change of an IP interface. Assign an IP address to an IP interface. Modify an IP address configuration. see page 507 see page 508 see page 509 see page 510 see page 511 see page 512 see page 513 see page 514 see page 515 see page 516 see page 517 see page 518 see page 519 see page 520 see page 521 see page 522 see page 523 see page 524 see page 525 see page 526 see page 527 see page 528 see page 529 see page 530 see page 531

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

505

IP COMMANDS

ip ipdelete ip iplist ip mcast flush ip mcast rtadd ip mcast rtdelete ip mcast rtlist ip rtadd ip rtconfig ip rtdelete ip rtlist

Remove an IP address from an IP interface. Display all configured IP addresses. Flush the multicast routing table. Add a multicast route to the multicast routing table. Delete a multicast route from the multicast routing table. Display the multicast routing table. Add a route to the routing table. Modify a route of the routing table. Delete a route from the routing table. Display the routing table.

see page 532 see page 533 see page 534 see page 536 see page 537 see page 538 see page 539 see page 540 see page 541 see page 542

506

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IP COMMANDS

ip arpadd
Add an entry to the ARP cache of a broadcast IP interface.

SYNTAX:
ip arpadd intf = <{LocalNetwork}> ip = <ip-range> [hwaddr = <hardware-address>]

where: intf ip hwaddr The IP interface name. The IP address [range] of the entry to add. The hardware address (e.g. Ethernet MAC address) of the entry to add. REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

507

IP COMMANDS

ip arpdelete
Delete an ARP entry.

SYNTAX:
ip arpdelete intf = <{LocalNetwork}> ip = <ip-range> [hwaddr = <hardware-address>]

where: intf ip hwaddr The IP interface name. The IP address [range] of the entry to delete. The hardware address (e.g. Ethernet MAC address) of the entry to delete. REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL

508

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IP COMMANDS

ip arplist
Display the ARP cache.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

509

IP COMMANDS

ip auto debug traceconfig


Modify autoIP trace configuration

SYNTAX:
ip auto debug traceconfig where: state Enable/Disable verbose logging. OPTIONAL [state = <{disabled|enabled}>]

510

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IP COMMANDS

ip auto flush
Flushes autoIP interfaces.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

511

IP COMMANDS

ip auto ifadd
Creates a new autoIP interface.

SYNTAX:
ip auto ifadd intf = <{LocalNetwork}> [addr = <ip-address>]

where: intf addr The name of the IP interface for which a link-local address has to be allocated. The preferred link-local IP address. REQUIRED OPTIONAL

512

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IP COMMANDS

ip auto ifattach
Select and assign a link-local address to an autoIP interface.

SYNTAX:
ip auto ifattach where: intf The name of the autoIP interface. REQUIRED intf = <>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

513

IP COMMANDS

ip auto ifconfig
Configures an autoIP interface.

SYNTAX:
ip auto ifconfig intf = <> [addr = <ip-address>] [poolstart = <ip-address>] [poolend = <ip-address>] [netmask = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>] [claim = <number{0-65535}>] [defence = <number{0-65535}>] [probe = <number{0-65535}>] [interval = <number{1-65535}>]

where: intf addr poolstart poolend netmask claim defence probe interval The name of the autoIP interface to configure. The preferred link-local IP address. The start IP address of the link-local address pool. The end IP address of the link-local address pool. The netmask of the link-local IP address pool. The number of link-local address selection retries before giving up. The number of times the link-local address is defended before releasing the address. The number of ARP probes to be sent before accepting a link-local address. The time interval between two ARP probe transmissions. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

514

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IP COMMANDS

ip auto ifdelete
Deletes an existing autoIP interface.

SYNTAX:
ip auto ifdelete where: intf The name of the autoIP interface. REQUIRED intf = <>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

515

IP COMMANDS

ip auto ifdetach
Release the link-local address for the given autoIP interface.

SYNTAX:
ip auto ifdetach where: intf The name of the autoIP interface. REQUIRED intf = <>

516

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IP COMMANDS

ip auto iflist
Shows the autoIP interfaces.

SYNTAX:
ip auto iflist where: intf The name of a autoIP interface. OPTIONAL [intf = <>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

517

IP COMMANDS

ip config
Display/Modify global IP stack configuration.

SYNTAX:
ip config [forwarding = <{disabled|enabled}>] [redirects = <{disabled|enabled}>] [checkoptions = <{disabled|enabled| transparent}>] [netbroadcasts = <{disabled|enabled}>] [randomdatagramids = <{disabled|enabled}>] [ttl = <number{0-255}>] [fraglimit = <number{1-1024}>] [defragmode = <{disabled|enabled}>] [addrcheck = <{off|own|static|dynamic}>] [mssclamping = <{disabled|enabled}>] [natloopback = <{disabled|enabled}>] [arpcachetimeout = <number{10-7200}>] [arpclass = <{0|1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12|13| 14|15}>] [acceleration = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: forwarding redirects checkoptions netbroadcasts randomdatagramids ttl fraglimit defragmode addrcheck mssclamping natloopback arpcachetimeout arpclass acceleration Disable/Enable IP routing functionality. Disable/Enable sending of ICMP redirect messages. Disallow/Allow packets with IP options. Disallow/Allow net directed broadcasts. Disable/Enable random datagram IDs for packets generated locally. Set the default time-to-live for locally generated IP packets. Set the maximum number of IP fragments waiting for completion. (Avoids buffer depletion). Disallow/Allow defragmenting IP fragments. Sets the level of ip address checks. Disable/Enable mss clamping for low mtu interfaces. Disable/Enable NAT loopback. Set the global ARP cache timeout. The prio class of the ARP packets. Disable/Enable IP acceleration. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

518

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IP COMMANDS

ip debug httpprobe
Send HTTP probe to measure the round trip time taken to connect and access

SYNTAX:
ip debug httpprobe url = <string> [version = <{1.0|1.1}>]

where: url version The Uniform Resource Locator identifying the HTTP server. The version of the HTTP server. REQUIRED OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

519

IP COMMANDS

ip debug sendto
Send UDP packets.

SYNTAX:
ip debug sendto addr = <ip-address> [count = <number{1-1000000}>] [size = <number{0-20000}>] [interval = <number{1-1000000}>] [listen = <{disabled|enabled}>] [dffield = <{disabled|enabled}>] [srcaddr = <ip-address>] [srcport = <number{1-65535}>] dstport = <number{1-65535}> [dstintf = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}>]

where: addr count size interval listen dffield srcaddr srcport dstport dstintf The destination IP address. The number of datagrams to send. The size of the datagram. The interval in milliseconds between datagrams. Don't send, just listen for incoming datagrams. Enables setting of the don't fragment flag in the IP headers of the ping packet(s). The IP source address to use. The UDP source port number to use. The UDP destination port number to send to. The IP interface name. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL REQUIRED OPTIONAL

520

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IP COMMANDS

ip debug stats
Display statistics.

SYNTAX:
ip debug stats where: proto The protocol for which to display the statistics. REQUIRED proto = <{ip|udp|tcp|icmp}>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

521

IP COMMANDS

ip debug traceconfig
Display/Modify IP stack trace configuration.

SYNTAX:
ip debug traceconfig [input = <{none|label|-telnet|-host|broadcast|all}>] [forward = <{none|label|-telnet|-host|broadcast|all}>] [output = <{none|label|-telnet|-host|broadcast|all}>] [drop = <{none|label|-telnet|-host|-broadcast| all}>] [path = <{none|label|-telnet|-host|-broadcast| all}>] [mode = <{line|dump}>] [arp = <{none|all}>]

where: input forward output drop path mode arp Define the packets that will be traced. Define the packets that will be traced. Define the packets that will be traced. Define the packet drops that will be traced. Define the packet that will be path-traced. Packet dump method. Define the arp packets that will be traced. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

522

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IP COMMANDS

ip flush
Flush all static IP parameters. Dynamic info (e.g. from PPP links) remains.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

523

IP COMMANDS

ip ifattach
Attach an IP interface.

SYNTAX:
ip ifattach where: intf An IP interface name. REQUIRED intf = <{}>

524

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IP COMMANDS

ip ifconfig
Modify an IP interface configuration.

SYNTAX:
ip ifconfig intf = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}> [mtu = <number{68-65535}>] [status = <{down|up}>] [hwaddr = <hardware-address>] [arpcachetimeout = <number{0-7200}>] [group = <{wan|local|lan|tunnel|dmz|guest} or number>] [linksensing = <{disabled|enabled}>] [primary = <{disabled|enabled}>] [mcastpromisc = <{disabled|enabled}>] [symmetric = <{disabled|enabled}>] [arpprobe = <{unicast|broadcast}>]

where: intf mtu status hwaddr arpcachetimeout group linksensing primary mcastpromisc symmetric arpprobe An IP interface name. The maximum packet size (including IP header) to use on this interface. The administrative state of the interface. The hardware address (e.g. Ethernet MAC address) of this interface. Set the ARP cache timeout to be used for this interface (0 = use global ARP cache timeout). The group this interface belongs to. Can be used by e.g. firewalling. The IP interface's awareness of link state transitions. Make the IP interface the primary interface. Make the IP interface multicast promiscuous. The routing mode of the IP interface. The ARP mode of the interface. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

525

IP COMMANDS

ip ifdelete
Delete an IP interface.

SYNTAX:
ip ifdelete where: intf An IP interface name. REQUIRED intf = <{LocalNetwork}>

526

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IP COMMANDS

ip ifdetach
Detach an IP interface.

SYNTAX:
ip ifdetach where: intf An IP interface name. REQUIRED intf = <{loop|LocalNetwork}>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

527

IP COMMANDS

ip iflist
Display all IP interfaces.

SYNTAX:
ip iflist [expand = <{disabled|enabled}>] [legend = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: expand legend Expanded listing. Expanded Legend listing. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

528

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IP COMMANDS

ip ifwait
Wait for a status change of an IP interface.

SYNTAX:
ip ifwait intf = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}> [timeout = <number{1-600000}>] [adminstatus = <{down|up}>] [operstatus = <{down|up}>] [linkstatus = <{down|up}>]

where: intf timeout adminstatus operstatus linkstatus An IP interface name. The timeout in seconds. The administrative state of the interface. The operational state of the interface. The link state of the interface. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

529

IP COMMANDS

ip ipadd
Assign an IP address to an IP interface.

SYNTAX:
ip ipadd intf = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}> addr = <ip-address> [netmask = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>] [pointopoint = <ip-address>] [addroute = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: intf addr netmask pointopoint addroute The IP interface name. The new IP address to add. The subnetmask associated with this address. The remote address in case of a point-to-point link. Add typical net/subnet routes automatically. REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

530

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IP COMMANDS

ip ipconfig
Modify an IP address configuration.

SYNTAX:
ip ipconfig addr = <ip-address> [preferred = <{disabled|enabled}>] [primary = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: addr preferred primary The IP address to configure. Make IP address the preferred address for that subnet. Make IP address the primary address for the interface. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

531

IP COMMANDS

ip ipdelete
Remove an IP address from an IP interface.

SYNTAX:
ip ipdelete where: addr The IP address to delete. REQUIRED addr = <ip-address>

532

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IP COMMANDS

ip iplist
Display all configured IP addresses.

SYNTAX:
ip iplist where: expand Expanded listing. OPTIONAL [expand = <{disabled|enabled}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

533

IP COMMANDS

ip mcast flush
Flush the multicast routing table.

SYNTAX:
ip mcast flush dest = <{atm_pvc_8_35}> [state = <{disabled|enabled}>] [discard = <{tail|early}>] [priority = <{wfq|strict|wrr}>] [realtimerate = <number{1-100}>] [burstsize = <number{1-64}>] [qtyrealtimequeues = <number{1-3}>] [backgroundqueue = <{disabled|enabled}>] [ecnthreshold = <number{1-99}>] [weight1 = <number{1-99}>] [weight2 = <number{1-99}>] [weight3 = <number{0-98}>] [weight4 = <number{0-97}>] [weight5 = <number{0-96}>] [maxpackets = <number{0-500}>] [maxbytes = <number{0-256}>]

where: dest state discard priority realtimerate burstsize qtyrealtimequeues backgroundqueue ecnthreshold weight1 weight2 weight3 weight4 The destination of the interface. Typically, a phonebook entry. Enable, disable IP QoS for the interface. The packet discard strategy in case of congestion. The subqueue priority algorithm. The percentage of the bandwith. Burstsize in kilo bytes (KB). Number of real-time priority queues. Enable, disable the best effort background queue. The ECN marking threshold. The weight of queue 1 used for weighted fair queueing (WFQ) or weighted round robin (WRR). The weight of queue 2 used for weighted fair queueing (WFQ) or weighted round robin (WRR). The weight of queue 3 used for weighted fair queueing (WFQ) or weighted round robin (WRR). The weight of queue 4 used for weighted fair queueing (WFQ) or weigthed round robin (WRR). REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

534

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IP COMMANDS

weight5 maxpackets maxbytes

The weight of queue 5 used for weighted fair queueing (WFQ) or weigthed round robin (WRR). The maximum number of packets in all queues. The maximum size in kilo bytes (KB) in all queues.

OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

535

IP COMMANDS

ip mcast rtadd
Add a multicast route to the multicast routing table.

SYNTAX:
ip mcast rtadd srcintf = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}> [src = <ip-address>] grp = <ip-address> dstintf = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}> [ttl = <number{1-255}>] [ttlincr = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: srcintf src grp dstintf ttl ttlincr The source IP interface. The source IP address. The multicast group IP address. The destination IP interface. The time-to-live for that destination IP interface. Increment TTL before packet is send. REQUIRED OPTIONAL REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

536

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IP COMMANDS

ip mcast rtdelete
Delete a multicast route from the multicast routing table.

SYNTAX:
ip mcast rtdelete srcintf = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}> [src = <ip-address>] grp = <ip-address> dstintf = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}>

where: srcintf src grp dstintf The source IP interface. The source IP address. The multicast group IP address. The destination IP interface. REQUIRED OPTIONAL REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

537

IP COMMANDS

ip mcast rtlist
Display the multicast routing table.

SYNTAX:
ip mcast rtlist where: expand Expanded listing. OPTIONAL [expand = <{disabled|enabled}>]

538

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IP COMMANDS

ip rtadd
Add a route to the routing table.

SYNTAX:
ip rtadd dst = <ip-address> [dstmsk = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>] [label = <{None|DSCP|Interactive|Management| Video|VoIP-RTP|VoIP-Signal|default}>] [gateway = <ip-address>] [intf = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}>] [srcintf = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}>] [static = <{enabled|disabled}>] [status = <{up|down}>] [metric = <number{0-255}>]

where: dst dstmsk label gateway intf srcintf static status metric The destination IP address(es) using this route. Supports ip/ mask notation. The destination IP address mask. The name of a label. The IP address of the next hop (direct connected gateway or extended route) Only for special interface routes : the outgoing IP interface name. Use this interface for source address selection. Route persistency: static or dynamic (note that not all routes can be changed). The administrative state of the route. The metric for this route (weight factor). REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

539

IP COMMANDS

ip rtconfig
Modify a route of the routing table.

SYNTAX:
ip rtconfig dst = <ip-address> [dstmsk = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>] [label = <{None|DSCP|Interactive|Management| Video|VoIP-RTP|VoIP-Signal|default}>] [gateway = <ip-address>] [intf = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}>] [srcintf = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork| None}>] [static = <{disabled|enabled}>] [status = <{down|up}>] [metric = <number{0-255}>]

where: dst dstmsk label gateway intf srcintf static status metric The destination IP address(es) using this route. Supports ip/ mask notation. The destination IP address mask. The name of a label. The IP address of the next hop (direct connected gateway or extended route) Only for special interface routes : the outgoing IP interface name. Use this interface for source address selection. Route persistency: static or dynamic (note that not all routes can be changed). The administrative state of the route. The metric for this route (weight factor). REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

540

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IP COMMANDS

ip rtdelete
Delete a route from the routing table.

SYNTAX:
ip rtdelete dst = <ip-address> [dstmsk = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>] [label = <{None|DSCP|Interactive|Management| Video|VoIP-RTP|VoIP-Signal|default}>] [gateway = <ip-address>] [intf = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}>]

where: dst dstmsk label gateway intf The destination IP address specification of the route to delete. Supports ip/mask notation. The destination IP address mask. The name of a label. The IP address of the next hop. The outgoing IP interface name. (For special interface routes only). REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

541

IP COMMANDS

ip rtlist
Display the routing table.

SYNTAX:
ip rtlist where: expand Expanded listing. OPTIONAL [expand = <{disabled|enabled}>]

542

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IPQOS COMMANDS

ipqos Commands
ipqos ef config ipqos ef list ipqos ef stats ipqos list ipqos meter add ipqos meter clear ipqos meter config ipqos meter delete ipqos meter flush ipqos meter list ipqos meter start ipqos meter stats ipqos meter stop ipqos queue clear ipqos queue config ipqos queue list ipqos queue stats Modify an IP QoS EF timer configuration for an interface. Display the IP QoS EF timers. Display the IP QoS EF timer statistics. Display the IP QoS configuration. Add an IP QoS meter. Clear the IP QoS meter statistics. Modify an IP QoS meter configuration. Delete an IP QoS meter. Flush all IP QoS meters. Display the IP QoS meters. Start an IP QoS meter. Display the IP QoS meter statistics. Stop an IP QoS meter. Clear the IP QoS statistics. Modify the IP QoS subqueue configuration. Display the IP QoS subqueue configuration. Display the IP QoS subqueue statistics. see page 544 see page 545 see page 546 see page 547 see page 548 see page 549 see page 550 see page 551 see page 552 see page 553 see page 554 see page 555 see page 556 see page 557 see page 558 see page 560 see page 561

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

543

IPQOS COMMANDS

ipqos ef config
Modify an IP QoS EF timer configuration for an interface.

SYNTAX:
ipqos ef config intf = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}> [state = <{disabled|enabled}>] [timeout = <number{100-10000}>] [mtu = <number{68-65535}>]

where: intf state timeout mtu The IP interface name. Enable, disable IP QoS EF timer for the interface. The timeout in mili seconds. The MTU of the IP interface in case of EF data. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

544

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IPQOS COMMANDS

ipqos ef list
Display the IP QoS EF timers.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

545

IPQOS COMMANDS

ipqos ef stats
Display the IP QoS EF timer statistics.

546

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IPQOS COMMANDS

ipqos list
Display the IP QoS configuration.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

547

IPQOS COMMANDS

ipqos meter add


Add an IP QoS meter.

SYNTAX:
ipqos meter add where: name The name of the IP QoS meter. REQUIRED name = <string>

548

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IPQOS COMMANDS

ipqos meter clear


Clear the IP QoS meter statistics.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

549

IPQOS COMMANDS

ipqos meter config


Modify an IP QoS meter configuration.

SYNTAX:
ipqos meter config name = <{}> [label = <{DSCP|Interactive|Management|Video| VoIP-RTP|VoIP-Signal|default}>] [intf = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}>] [droprate = <number{0-102400}>] [markrate = <number{0-102400}>] [burst = <number{0-64}>] [dropaction = <{count|drop}>] [markaction = <{count|mark}>] [tosmarking = <{disabled|enabled}>] [tos = <number{0-255}>] [dscp = <{ef|af11|af12|af13|af21|af22|af23| af31|af32|af33|af41|af42|af43|cs0|cs1|cs2|cs3| cs4|cs5|cs6|cs7} or number>] [precedence = <{routine|priority|immediate| flash|flash-override|CRITIC-ECP|internetworkcontrol|network-control} or number>] [classification = <{decrease|overwrite|ignore| offset}>] [class = <number{0-15}>]

where: name label intf droprate markrate burst dropaction markaction tosmarking tos dscp precedence classification class The name of the IP QoS meter. The name of the label. The name of the interface. The drop rate in kilo bits per second (Kbps). The mark rate in kilo bits per second (Kbps). The burst size in kilo bytes (KB). The drop action. The mark action. Enable tos marking for marked packets. The type of service used for tos marking. The diffserv code point (part of tos, used for tos-marking). The precedence (part of tos, used for tos-marking). The type of classification for marked packets. The class or offset used for classification. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

550

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IPQOS COMMANDS

ipqos meter delete


Delete an IP QoS meter.

SYNTAX:
ipqos meter delete where: name The name of the IP QoS meter. REQUIRED name = <{}>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

551

IPQOS COMMANDS

ipqos meter flush


Flush all IP QoS meters.

552

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IPQOS COMMANDS

ipqos meter list


Display the IP QoS meters.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

553

IPQOS COMMANDS

ipqos meter start


Start an IP QoS meter.

SYNTAX:
ipqos meter start where: name The name of the stopped IP QoS meter. REQUIRED name = <{}>

554

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IPQOS COMMANDS

ipqos meter stats


Display the IP QoS meter statistics.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

555

IPQOS COMMANDS

ipqos meter stop


Stop an IP QoS meter.

SYNTAX:
ipqos meter stop where: name The name of the started IP QoS meter. REQUIRED name = <{}>

556

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IPQOS COMMANDS

ipqos queue clear


Clear the IP QoS statistics.

SYNTAX:
ipqos queue clear where: name The name of a label to add. REQUIRED name = <string>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

557

IPQOS COMMANDS

ipqos queue config


Modify the IP QoS subqueue configuration.

SYNTAX:
ipqos queue config dest = <{atm_pvc_8_35}> queue = <number{0-5}> [discard = <{tail|early}>] [propagate = <{disabled|enabled}>] [ecnmarking = <{disabled|enabled}>] [maxrate = <number{1-100}>] [maxburst = <number{1-64}>] [ackfiltering = <{disabled|enabled}>] [maxpackets = <number{0-500}>] [maxbytes = <number{0-256}>] [respackets = <number{0-500}>] [resbytes = <number{0-256}>] [hold = <number>] [markprob = <number{1-1000}>] [loprio = <number{0-15}>] [hiprio = <number{0-15}>]

where: dest queue discard propagate ecnmarking maxrate maxburst ackfiltering maxpackets maxbytes respackets resbytes hold markprob The destination of the interface. Typically, a phonebook entry. The number of the subqueue. The packet discard strategy in case of congestion. Propagate the packets in lower priority queue iso. dropping. Enable Explicit Congestion Notification for IP packets in this subqueue. The percentage of the bandwith. Burstsize in kilo bytes (KB). Enable filtering of TCP ACK packets. The maximum number of packets in the subqueue. The maximum subqueue size in kilo bytes (KB). The reserved number of packets in the subqueue. The reserved subqueue size in kilo bytes (KB). The hold time in microseconds for early discard strategy. The maximum packet marking probability in parts per mille for early discard strategy. REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

558

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IPQOS COMMANDS

loprio hiprio

The lowest internal priority boundary for entering this queue. The highest internal priority boundary for entering this queue.

OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

559

IPQOS COMMANDS

ipqos queue list


Display the IP QoS subqueue configuration.

SYNTAX:
ipqos queue list where: dest The destination of the interface. Typically, a phonebook entry. OPTIONAL [dest = <{atm_pvc_8_35}>]

560

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

IPQOS COMMANDS

ipqos queue stats


Display the IP QoS subqueue statistics.

SYNTAX:
ipqos queue stats where: dest The destination of the interface. Typically, a phonebook entry. OPTIONAL [dest = <{atm_pvc_8_35}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

561

LABEL COMMANDS

562

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

LABEL COMMANDS

label Commands
label chain add label chain delete label chain flush label chain list label delete label flush label list label modify label rule add label rule debug clear label rule debug stats label rule debug traceconfig label rule delete label rule flush label rule list label rule modify Add a chain. Delete a chain. Flush all chains. Display a list of chains. Delete a label. Flush all label. Display the labels. Modify a label configuration. Add a rule. Clear rule statistics. Display rule statistics. Display/Modify rule trace configuration. Delete a rule. Flush all rules. Display a list of rules. Modify a rule. see page 564 see page 565 see page 566 see page 567 see page 568 see page 569 see page 570 see page 571 see page 572 see page 574 see page 575 see page 576 see page 577 see page 578 see page 579 see page 580

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

563

LABEL COMMANDS

label chain add


Add a chain.

SYNTAX:
label chain add where: chain The name of the chain to add. REQUIRED chain = <string>

564

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

LABEL COMMANDS

label chain delete


Delete a chain.

SYNTAX:
label chain delete where: chain The name of the chain to delete. REQUIRED chain = <chain name>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

565

LABEL COMMANDS

label chain flush


Flush all chains.

566

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

LABEL COMMANDS

label chain list


Display a list of chains.

SYNTAX:
label chain list where: format The format of the chain list. OPTIONAL [format = <{pretty|cli}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

567

LABEL COMMANDS

label delete
Delete a label.

SYNTAX:
label delete name = <{DSCP|Interactive|Management|Video| VoIP-RTP|VoIP-Signal|default}>

where: name The name of a label. REQUIRED

568

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

LABEL COMMANDS

label flush
Flush all label.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

569

LABEL COMMANDS

label list
Display the labels.

SYNTAX:
label list [name = <{DSCP|Interactive|Management|Video| VoIP-RTP|VoIP-Signal|default}>]

where: name The name of a label. OPTIONAL

570

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

LABEL COMMANDS

label modify
Modify a label configuration.

SYNTAX:
label modify name = <{DSCP|Interactive|Management|Video| VoIP-RTP|VoIP-Signal|default}> [classification = <{ignore|overwrite| increase}>] [defclass = <{0|1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12|13| 14|15|dscp|default}>] [ackclass = <{0|1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12|13| 14|15|prioritize|defclass}>] [bidirectional = <{disabled|enabled}>] [inheritance = <{disabled|enabled}>] [tosmarking = <{disabled|enabled}>] [tos = <number{0-255}>] [dscp = <{ef|af11|af12|af13|af21|af22|af23| af31|af32|af33|af41|af42|af43|cs0|cs1|cs2|cs3| cs4|cs5|cs6|cs7} or number>] [precedence = <{routine|priority|immediate| flash|flash-override|CRITIC-ECP|internetworkcontrol|network-control} or number>] [trace = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: name classification defclass ackclass bidirectional inheritance tosmarking tos dscp precedence trace The name of a label to modify. The Method of classification. The default class of assigned connection. The class of ACK segments of TCP connection. The label is also valid for returning stream. The label is also valid for corresponding stream of child connection. Enable/disable TOS marking. The Type Of Service specification in the IP packet (used for tos- marking). The diffserv code point (part of tos, used for tos-marking). The precedence (part of tos, used for tos-marking). Enable/disable IP tracing for this label. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

571

LABEL COMMANDS

label rule add


Add a rule.

SYNTAX:
label rule add chain = <chain name> [index = <number>] [name = <string>] [clink = <chain name>] [srcintf [!] = <{wan|local|lan|tunnel|dmz| guest}>] [srcip [!] = <{private|ssdp_ip|mdap_ip| 192.168.1.253}>] [dstip [!] = <{private|ssdp_ip|mdap_ip| 192.168.1.253}>] [serv [!] = <{icmp|igmp|ftp|telnet|http| httpproxy|https|RPC|NBT|SMB|imap|esp|ah| ike|DiffServ|sip|h323|dhcp|rtsp|ssdp_serv| mdap_serv|syslog}>] [length [!] = <{}>] [log = <{disabled|enabled}>] [state = <{disabled|enabled}>] label = <{None|link|DSCP|Interactive| Management|Video|VoIP-RTP|VoIP-Signal| default}>

where: chain index name clink srcintf [!] The name of the chain which contains the rule. The index of the rule in the chain. The name of the new rule. The name of the chain to be parsed when this rule applies. The name of the source interface expression. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT. srcip [!] The name of the source ip expression. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT. dstip [!] The name of the destination ip expression. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT. serv [!] The name of the service expression. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT. length [!] The name of the length expression. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT. log Disable/Enable logging when this rule applies. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

572

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

LABEL COMMANDS

state label

Disable/Enable this rule. None, link (when clink is used) or label name.

OPTIONAL REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

573

LABEL COMMANDS

label rule debug clear


Clear rule statistics.

SYNTAX:
label rule debug clear [chain = <chain name>] [index = <number>] Select a language. = <number>

where: chain index Select a language. The name of the chain. The index of the rule in the chain.Command: language config Syntax : config [language = <string>] [complete = <{yes|no}>] OPTIONAL OPTIONAL REQUIRED

SYNTAX:
label rule debug clear [language = <string>] [complete = <{yes|no}>]

where: language complete Language code : OSI language code (2 chars) for language (en=English) Enable translation for expert pages. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

574

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

LABEL COMMANDS

label rule debug stats


Display rule statistics.

SYNTAX:
label rule debug stats [chain = <chain name>] [index = <number>]

where: chain index The name of the chain. The index of the rule in the chain. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

575

LABEL COMMANDS

label rule debug traceconfig


Display/Modify rule trace configuration.

SYNTAX:
label rule debug traceconfig where: state Disable/Enable rule traces. OPTIONAL [state = <{disabled|enabled}>]

576

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

LABEL COMMANDS

label rule delete


Delete a rule.

SYNTAX:
label rule delete chain = <chain name> index = <number>

where: chain index The name of the chain in which to delete the rule. The number of the rule in the chain. REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

577

LABEL COMMANDS

label rule flush


Flush all rules.

SYNTAX:
label rule flush where: chain The name of the chain to flush. OPTIONAL [chain = <chain name>]

578

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

LABEL COMMANDS

label rule list


Display a list of rules.

SYNTAX:
label rule list [chain = <chain name>] [format = <{pretty|cli}>]

where: chain format The name of the chain to list the rules of. The format of the rule list. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

579

LABEL COMMANDS

label rule modify


Modify a rule.

SYNTAX:
label rule modify chain = <chain name> [index = <number>] [newindex = <number>] [name = <string>] [clink = <chain name>] [[!]srcintf] = <chain name>] [[!]srcip] = <chain name>] [[!]dstip] = <chain name>] [[!]serv] = <chain name>] [[!]length] = <chain name>] [log = <{disabled|enabled}>] [state = <{disabled|enabled}>] [label = <{None|link|DSCP|Interactive| Management|Video|VoIP-RTP|VoIP-Signal| default}>]

where: chain index newindex name clink [!]srcintf] The name of the chain which contains the rule. The index of the rule in the chain. The new index of the rule in the chain. The name of the new rule. The name of the chain to be parsed when this rule applies. The name of the source interface expression. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT. [!]srcip] The name of the source ip expression. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT. [!]dstip] The name of the destination ip expression. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT. [!]serv] The name of the service expression. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT. [!]length] The name of the length expression. If a value is preceded by a !, it means NOT. log state Disable/Enable logging when this rule applies. Disable/Enable this rule. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

580

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

LABEL COMMANDS

label

None, link (when clink is used) or label name.

OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

581

LANGUAGE COMMANDS

582

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

LANGUAGE COMMANDS

language Commands
language delete language list Delete one or all language archives. List available languages archives. see page 584 see page 585

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

583

LANGUAGE COMMANDS

language delete
Delete one or all language archives.

SYNTAX:
language delete [file = <string>] [all = <{yes|no}>] Display the registered enumtypes = <{yes|no}>

where: file all Display the registered enumtypes Filename : name of language archive to delete Deletes all languages archives.Command: mbus listenums Syntax : listenums [dmtree = <{igd|atomic|system}>] [name = <quoted string>] [expand = <{disabled|enabled}>] OPTIONAL OPTIONAL REQUIRED

SYNTAX:
language delete [dmtree = <{igd|atomic|system}>] [name = <quoted string>] [expand = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: dmtree name expand Select mbusd datamodel tree. Filter enumtypes by (part of) the name Details enabled/disabled OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

584

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

LANGUAGE COMMANDS

language list
List available languages archives.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

585

MBUS COMMANDS

586

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

MBUS COMMANDS

mbus Commands
mbus client authenticate mbus client config mbus client exec mbus client register mbus client termsession mbus client unregister mbus debug clearstats mbus debug commconfig mbus debug loadobjects mbus debug stats mbus debug traceconfig mbus debug unloadobjects mbus listcontexts mbus listobjects mbus listsubscriptions mbus listtypes mbus pluginevent mbus unregister mbus xmldump Authenticate a session Modify client parameters Execute mbus command Register cli client to mbus Terminate a session Unregister cli client from mbus Reset mbus statistics. Modify communication settings. Load/sync object instances from plugins Display mbus statistics. Modify mbus trace settings. Unload object instances Display the context instances Display the object instances Display the subscription instances Display the registered objecttypes Simulate event from plugin Unregister a client/plugin context Dump the registered datamodel to an XML file see page 588 see page 589 see page 590 see page 592 see page 593 see page 594 see page 595 see page 596 see page 597 see page 598 see page 599 see page 600 see page 601 see page 602 see page 603 see page 604 see page 605 see page 606 see page 607

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

587

MBUS COMMANDS

mbus client authenticate


Authenticate a session

SYNTAX:
mbus client authenticate type = <{cleartext|crypt|digest|defaultuser}> [username = <quoted string>] [password = <password>] [addr = <ip-address>]

where: type username password addr Authentication type User name password IP address of peer who inititated the authentication request. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

588

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

MBUS COMMANDS

mbus client config


Modify client parameters

SYNTAX:
mbus client config [writelock = <{enabled|disabled}>] [wlgetimeout = <number>] [wlidletimeout = <number>] [path = <quoted string>] [type = <{indexpath|keystrpath}>] [id = <{indexpath|keystrpath}>]

where: writelock wlgetimeout wlidletimeout path type id Get/release mbus writelock Writelock get timeout in seconds (forever=-1, *default=nowait=0) Writelock idle timeout in seconds (forever=-1, *default=30) Fully qualified mbus path Path type (default = indexpath) sessionid to use OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

589

MBUS COMMANDS

mbus client exec


Execute mbus command

SYNTAX:
mbus client exec cmd = <{getpath|getcount|getnames|getvalues| setvalue|addobject|deleteobject|subscribe| unsubscribe|getaccessrights|setaccessrights}> [param = <quoted string>] [value = <quoted string>] [gettype = <{parameter|path|object}>] [depth = <number>] [processcmd = <{enabled|disabled}>] [onerrorrollback = <{enabled|disabled}>] [usecallback = <{enabled|disabled}>] [filter = <quoted string>] [path = <quoted string>] [flags = <[+/-]flag[+/-flag...]{indexpath keystrpath uncommitted dynamic xref_localidx xref_keypath exact_depth noparamvalue applyonparamsapplyrecursive typetreepath non_persistent}>] [accesslist = <quoted string>] [action = <[+/-]flag[+/-flag...]{read write attrchg}>] [modifier = <{add|delete|allow_only| allow_except}>] [replytype = <{getallowed|getdisallowed| getasconfigured}>] [attribute = <{ar_archg|ar_read|ar_write| param_cached|param_enums|param_readable| param_type|param_writable|param_xrefs| objtype_cached|objtype_max|objtype_writable| object_clean|object_dynamic|type}>] [timing = <{disabled|enabled}>] [no_output = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: cmd param value gettype depth processcmd onerrorrollback usecallback Mbus command name Parameter name Parameter value to set Get type elements (default=param) Number of levels to recurse, default=-1 (all) Process SET_VALUE command flag (default=enabled) on error rollback flag (default=enabled) Use result callback function (default=enabled) REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

590

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

MBUS COMMANDS

filter

The filter should be formatted as '(operator operand operand)'. Possible operators are ==, !=, <, <=, >, >=, and, or, not. The left operand is a parameter name. The right operand is a parameter value. For boolean operators the operands are filters. Example: '(== Name eth0)'. Fully qualified mbus path Client command data flags Comma separated names of accessrights groups Type of accessright action Accessrights modifier Type of accessrights reply Requested attribute-type Print duration of command invocation (default=disabled) Discard the output of the command (default=disabled)

OPTIONAL

path flags accesslist action modifier replytype attribute timing no_output

OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

591

MBUS COMMANDS

mbus client register


Register cli client to mbus

SYNTAX:
mbus client register [dmtree = <{igd|atomic|system}>] [type = <{indexpath|keystrpath}>] [dlink = <{local_ipc|remote_inet}>] [mbusd_addr = <quoted string>] [refresolv = <{disabled|enabled}>] [state_events = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: dmtree type dlink mbusd_addr refresolv state_events Select mbusd datamodel tree. Path type (default = indexpath) Daemon link (default = local_ipc) Daemon address (ip addr for inet) Use reference resolving (default=disabled) Context should be notified when the MBus state changes (default=disabled) OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

592

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

MBUS COMMANDS

mbus client termsession


Terminate a session

SYNTAX:
mbus client termsession id = <{None|link|DSCP|Interactive|Management| Video|VoIP-RTP|VoIP-Signal|default}>

where: id id of session to terminate REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

593

MBUS COMMANDS

mbus client unregister


Unregister cli client from mbus

594

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

MBUS COMMANDS

mbus debug clearstats


Reset mbus statistics.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

595

MBUS COMMANDS

mbus debug commconfig


Modify communication settings.

SYNTAX:
mbus debug commconfig [pong-to = <number>] Display memm statistics. = <number>

where: pong-to Display memm statistics. MBus message communication pong time-out.Command: memm stats Syntax : stats [name = <quoted string>] OPTIONAL REQUIRED

SYNTAX:
mbus debug commconfig where: name Select typename(s) to list (supports partial typename) OPTIONAL [name = <quoted string>]

596

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

MBUS COMMANDS

mbus debug loadobjects


Load/sync object instances from plugins

SYNTAX:
mbus debug loadobjects [dmtree = <{igd|atomic|system}>] [path = <quoted string>] [type = <{indexpath|keystrpath}>] [flush = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: dmtree path type flush Select mbusd datamodel tree. Fully qualified mbus path Path type (default = indexpath Flush objects before load (default=disabled) OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

597

MBUS COMMANDS

mbus debug stats


Display mbus statistics.

598

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

MBUS COMMANDS

mbus debug traceconfig


Modify mbus trace settings.

SYNTAX:
mbus debug traceconfig where: level Select mbus trace level (0-4). OPTIONAL [level = <number{0-4}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

599

MBUS COMMANDS

mbus debug unloadobjects


Unload object instances

SYNTAX:
mbus debug unloadobjects [dmtree = <{igd|atomic|system}>] [path = <quoted string>] [type = <{indexpath|keystrpath}>] [flush = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: dmtree path type flush Select mbusd datamodel tree. Fully qualified mbus path Path type Flush objects before load (default=disabled) OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

600

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

MBUS COMMANDS

mbus listcontexts
Display the context instances

SYNTAX:
mbus listcontexts [dmtree = <{igd|atomic|system}>] [expand = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: dmtree expand Select mbusd datamodel tree. Details enabled/disabled OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

601

MBUS COMMANDS

mbus listobjects
Display the object instances

SYNTAX:
mbus listobjects [dmtree = <{igd|atomic|system}>] [path = <quoted string>] [type = <{indexpath|keystrpath}>] [output = <{tree|list}>] [showflags = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: dmtree path type output showflags Select mbusd datamodel tree. Fully qualified mbus path to list. Path type (default = indexpath) List output type Display object flags (Clean or Dirty / Persistent or Volatile) OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

602

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

MBUS COMMANDS

mbus listsubscriptions
Display the subscription instances

SYNTAX:
mbus listsubscriptions where: dmtree Select mbusd datamodel tree. OPTIONAL [dmtree = <{igd|atomic|system}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

603

MBUS COMMANDS

mbus listtypes
Display the registered objecttypes

SYNTAX:
mbus listtypes [dmtree = <{igd|atomic|system}>] [path = <quoted string>] [expand = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: dmtree path expand Select mbusd datamodel tree. Fully qualified mbus path to list. Details enabled/disabled OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

604

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

MBUS COMMANDS

mbus pluginevent
Simulate event from plugin

SYNTAX:
mbus pluginevent ctxid = <number> type = <{addobj|delobj|updobj}> path = <quoted string> [name = <quoted string>] [value = <quoted string>] [orivalue = <quoted string>] [flags = <[+/-]flag[+/-flag...]{dynamic save}>]

where: ctxid type path name value orivalue flags Plugin context id Event type Plugin event subpath Plugin event name Plugin event value Plugin event orivalue Plug-in event flags REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

605

MBUS COMMANDS

mbus unregister
Unregister a client/plugin context

SYNTAX:
mbus unregister where: id Select message-based client/plugin context id. REQUIRED id = <number>

606

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

MBUS COMMANDS

mbus xmldump
Dump the registered datamodel to an XML file

SYNTAX:
mbus xmldump filename = <string> [format = <{unix|mac|windows}>]

where: filename format Filename. Select output file format. REQUIRED OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

607

MEMM COMMANDS

608

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

MEMM COMMANDS

memm Commands
memm debug clearstats memm debug lock stats memm debug lock traceconfig memm debug stats memm debug tag memm debug traceconfig memm listobjects Clear time statistics. Display lock statistics. Modify lock trace settings. Display memm time statistics. (Un)tag memory manager objects. Modify memm trace settings. Display objects. see page 610 see page 611 see page 612 see page 613 see page 614 see page 615 see page 616

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

609

MEMM COMMANDS

memm debug clearstats


Clear time statistics.

610

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

MEMM COMMANDS

memm debug lock stats


Display lock statistics.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

611

MEMM COMMANDS

memm debug lock traceconfig


Modify lock trace settings.

SYNTAX:
memm debug lock traceconfig [level = <number{0-4}>] [name = <quoted string>] [showtid = <{no|yes}>] Import all scores. = <{no|yes}>

where: level name showtid Import all scores. Select memm trace level (0-4). application name filter for lock traces (empty displays all lock traces) Display task IDs when hitting lock time-outs (disabled by default)Command: mlp import Syntax : import [allow_dl = <{no|yes}>] [trace = <{disabled| enabled|full}>] OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL REQUIRED

SYNTAX:
memm debug lock traceconfig [allow_dl = <{no|yes}>] [trace = <{disabled|enabled|full}>]

where: allow_dl trace Enable/disable support for /dl/ folder Select import trace level. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

612

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

MEMM COMMANDS

memm debug stats


Display memm time statistics.

SYNTAX:
memm debug stats where: name Select typename(s) to list (supports partial typename) OPTIONAL [name = <quoted string>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

613

MEMM COMMANDS

memm debug tag


(Un)tag memory manager objects.

SYNTAX:
memm debug tag [name = <quoted string>] [tag = <{enabled|disabled}>]

where: name tag Select typename(s) to list (supports partial typename) Set (or unset) the tag OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

614

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

MEMM COMMANDS

memm debug traceconfig


Modify memm trace settings.

SYNTAX:
memm debug traceconfig where: level Select memm trace level (0-4). OPTIONAL [level = <number{0-4}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

615

MEMM COMMANDS

memm listobjects
Display objects.

SYNTAX:
memm listobjects [name = <quoted string>] [tagged = <{no|yes}>] [hidedeldynstr = <{no|yes}>]

where: name tagged hidedeldynstr Select typename(s) to list (supports partial typename) Show only tagged (yes) or untagged (no) objects Hide (yes) / show (no) deleted dynstrings (default = show) OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

616

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

MLP COMMANDS

mlp Commands
mlp debug export mlp debug stats mlp debug traceconfig mlp flush mlp privilege add mlp privilege addzone mlp privilege config mlp privilege delete mlp privilege list mlp privilege removezone mlp role add mlp role addpriv mlp role config mlp role delete mlp role list mlp role removepriv Export all scores. Display mlp statistics. Modify mlp trace settings. Flush all mlp structures. Add a privilege. Add a zone to a privilege. Modify the privilege. Delete a privilege. Display the privileges. Remove a zone from a privilege. Add a role. Add a privilege. Modify the role. Delete a role. Display the roles. Remove a privilege. see page 618 see page 619 see page 620 see page 621 see page 622 see page 623 see page 624 see page 625 see page 626 see page 627 see page 628 see page 629 see page 630 see page 631 see page 632 see page 633

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

617

MLP COMMANDS

mlp debug export


Export all scores.

618

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

MLP COMMANDS

mlp debug stats


Display mlp statistics.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

619

MLP COMMANDS

mlp debug traceconfig


Modify mlp trace settings.

SYNTAX:
mlp debug traceconfig where: trace Select mlp trace level. OPTIONAL [trace = <{disabled|enabled|full}>]

620

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

MLP COMMANDS

mlp flush
Flush all mlp structures.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

621

MLP COMMANDS

mlp privilege add


Add a privilege.

SYNTAX:
mlp privilege add name = <string> type = <{access|service}> [descr = <quoted string>]

where: name type descr Privilege name. Privilege type. Privilege description. REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL

622

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

MLP COMMANDS

mlp privilege addzone


Add a zone to a privilege.

SYNTAX:
mlp privilege addzone name = <{anyaccess|anyservice|AP1|AP2|AP3|AP4| AP5|AP6|AP7|AP8|AP9|SP1|SP10|SP25|SP3|SP4|SP5| SP6|SP7|SP8|SP9}> zone = <{Read/LAN/WAN/Local|Write/LAN/WAN/ Local|r_lan|r_wan|r_fs_view|r_certificates| r_remote_mgnt|r_local|r_qos|w_lan|w_wan| w_fs_passive|w_rtg|w_fwdg|w_nat|w_frwl_norm| w_frwl_adv|w_frwl_ss|w_ipsec|w_certificates| w_remote_mgnt|w_local|w_qos|SND_lan|SND_wan| SND_local|AND_lan|AND_wan|AND_frwl|AND_local| User_Admin|MLP_Admin|secure_ipsec_term| secure_BR|CLI|CGI|FTP|MDAP|secure_reset| GUI_advanced|mbus|Websev|unsecure_connection| Sensitve_file|channel_ftp|channel_telnet| channel_http|channel_mdap|channel_serial| origin_lan|origin_wan|origin_local|trace}>

where: name zone Privilege name. Zone name. REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

623

MLP COMMANDS

mlp privilege config


Modify the privilege.

SYNTAX:
mlp privilege config name = <> [descr = <quoted string>] [score = <{hex-word}[:{hex-word}] ex: 'a12:c30f'>]

where: name descr score Select the privilege by name. Set the description. Set the score. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

624

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

MLP COMMANDS

mlp privilege delete


Delete a privilege.

SYNTAX:
mlp privilege delete where: name Privilege name. REQUIRED name = <>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

625

MLP COMMANDS

mlp privilege list


Display the privileges.

SYNTAX:
mlp privilege list [name = <>] [type = <{access|service}>] [verbose = <{minimal|medium|all}>]

where: name type verbose Privilege name. Privilege type. Limit the output list. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

626

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

MLP COMMANDS

mlp privilege removezone


Remove a zone from a privilege.

SYNTAX:
mlp privilege removezone name = <> zone = <{Read/LAN/WAN/Local|Write/LAN/WAN/ Local|r_lan|r_wan|r_fs_view|r_certificates| r_remote_mgnt|r_local|r_qos|w_lan|w_wan| w_fs_passive|w_rtg|w_fwdg|w_nat|w_frwl_norm| w_frwl_adv|w_frwl_ss|w_ipsec|w_certificates| w_remote_mgnt|w_local|w_qos|SND_lan|SND_wan| SND_local|AND_lan|AND_wan|AND_frwl|AND_local| User_Admin|MLP_Admin|secure_ipsec_term| secure_BR|CLI|CGI|FTP|MDAP|secure_reset| GUI_advanced|mbus|Websev|unsecure_connection| Sensitve_file|channel_ftp|channel_telnet| channel_http|channel_mdap|channel_serial| origin_lan|origin_wan|origin_local|trace}>

where: name zone Privilege name. Zone name. REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

627

MLP COMMANDS

mlp role add


Add a role.

SYNTAX:
mlp role add name = <string> parent = <> [descr = <quoted string>]

where: name parent descr Role name. Parent role name. Role description. REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL

628

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

MLP COMMANDS

mlp role addpriv


Add a privilege.

SYNTAX:
mlp role addpriv name = <> access = <> service = <{anyservice|SP1|SP10|SP11|SP12| SP13|SP14|SP15|SP16|SP17|SP18|SP19|SP2|SP21| SP22|SP23|SP24|SP25|SP3|SP4|SP5|SP6|SP7|SP8| SP9}>

where: name access service Role name. Access privilege to add. Privilege name to add. REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

629

MLP COMMANDS

mlp role config


Modify the role.

SYNTAX:
mlp role config name = <> [parent = <>] [descr = <quoted string>] Create a new Mobile interface. = <quoted string>

where: name parent descr Create a new Mobile interface. Role name. Parent role name. Role description.Command: mobile ifadd Syntax : ifadd intf = <string> REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL REQUIRED

SYNTAX:
mlp role config where: intf The name of the new mobile interface REQUIRED intf = <string>

630

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

MLP COMMANDS

mlp role delete


Delete a role.

SYNTAX:
mlp role delete where: name Role name. REQUIRED name = <>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

631

MLP COMMANDS

mlp role list


Display the roles.

SYNTAX:
mlp role list [name = <>] [verbose = <{minimal|medium|all}>]

where: name verbose Role name. Limit the output list. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

632

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

MLP COMMANDS

mlp role removepriv


Remove a privilege.

SYNTAX:
mlp role removepriv name = <> access = <> [service = <>]

where: name access service Role name. Access privilege to delete. Privilege name to delete. REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

633

MOBILE COMMANDS

634

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

MOBILE COMMANDS

mobile Commands
mobile debug operator mobile debug sendat mobile debug showsq mobile debug traceconfig mobile device list mobile ifattach mobile ifconfig mobile ifdelete mobile ifdetach mobile iflist mobile simcard Shows the currently selected operator. Send AT command to the modem card. Shows signal quality (RSSI & BER). Modify trace configuration List mobile devices Attach an Mobile interface. Configure an Mobile interface. Delete an Mobile interface. Detach an Mobile interface. Display the Mobile interfaces. Get a state of the SIM card. see page 636 see page 637 see page 638 see page 639 see page 640 see page 641 see page 642 see page 643 see page 644 see page 645 see page 646

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

635

MOBILE COMMANDS

mobile debug operator


Shows the currently selected operator.

SYNTAX:
mobile debug operator where: list List only the current or all OPTIONAL [list = <{current|all}>]

636

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

MOBILE COMMANDS

mobile debug sendat


Send AT command to the modem card.

SYNTAX:
mobile debug sendat where: command AT command REQUIRED command = <quoted string>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

637

MOBILE COMMANDS

mobile debug showsq


Shows signal quality (RSSI & BER).

638

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

MOBILE COMMANDS

mobile debug traceconfig


Modify trace configuration

SYNTAX:
mobile debug traceconfig where: state Enable/disable tracing. OPTIONAL [state = <{disabled|enabled}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

639

MOBILE COMMANDS

mobile device list


List mobile devices

SYNTAX:
mobile device list intf = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}> translation = <{disabled|enabled|transparent}>

where: intf translation The IP interface name. Disabled, enabled or tranparent address translation. REQUIRED REQUIRED

640

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

MOBILE COMMANDS

mobile ifattach
Attach an Mobile interface.

SYNTAX:
mobile ifattach where: intf The name of the Mobile interface. REQUIRED intf = <>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

641

MOBILE COMMANDS

mobile ifconfig
Configure an Mobile interface.

SYNTAX:
mobile ifconfig intf = <> [pin = <password>] [puk = <string>] [apn = <string>] [mode = <{automatic|manual}>] [operator = <number{0-99999}>] [technology = <{2G|3G}>] [initcommand = <string>]

where: intf pin puk apn mode operator technology initcommand The name of the Mobile interface to configure. PIN code. PUK code. Access Point Name. Operator selection ( automatic, manual). Location area indentifier + network code. Radio access technology ( 2G, 3G). AT command executed after SIM verification. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

642

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

MOBILE COMMANDS

mobile ifdelete
Delete an Mobile interface.

SYNTAX:
mobile ifdelete where: intf The name of the Mobile interface. REQUIRED intf = <>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

643

MOBILE COMMANDS

mobile ifdetach
Detach an Mobile interface.

SYNTAX:
mobile ifdetach where: intf The name of the Mobile interface. REQUIRED intf = <>

644

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

MOBILE COMMANDS

mobile iflist
Display the Mobile interfaces.

SYNTAX:
mobile iflist where: intf The name of the Mobile interface. OPTIONAL [intf = <>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

645

MOBILE COMMANDS

mobile simcard
Get a state of the SIM card.

646

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

NAT COMMANDS

nat Commands
nat config nat flush nat iflist nat mapadd nat mapdelete nat maplist nat tmpladd nat tmpldelete nat tmplinst nat tmpllist Modify global NAT configuration. Flush current NAT configuration. Display all interfaces. Add an address mapping to a nat enabled interface. Delete an address mapping from a nat enabled interface. Display address mappings. Add an address mapping template. Delete an address mapping template. Instantiate address mapping templates for a given dynamic address. Display address mapping templates. see page 648 see page 649 see page 650 see page 651 see page 652 see page 653 see page 654 see page 655 see page 656 see page 657

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

647

NAT COMMANDS

nat config
Modify global NAT configuration.

SYNTAX:
nat config [trace = <{disabled|enabled}>] [randomports = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: trace randomports Enable/disable traces. Enable/disable randomization of port translations. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

648

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

NAT COMMANDS

nat flush
Flush current NAT configuration.

SYNTAX:
nat flush where: intf The name for the new PPP interface. If not specified, the destination will double as interface name. REQUIRED intf = <string>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

649

NAT COMMANDS

nat iflist
Display all interfaces.

650

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

NAT COMMANDS

nat mapadd
Add an address mapping to a nat enabled interface.

SYNTAX:
nat mapadd intf = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}> [type = <{napt|nat}>] [outside_addr = <ip-range>] [inside_addr = <ip-range>] [access_list = <ip-range>] [foreign_addr = <ip-range>] [protocol = <{ah|egp|esp|ggp|gre|hmp|icmp| igmp|pup|rdp|rsvp|tcp|udp|vines|xns-idp|6to4| ipip} or number>] [outside_port = <port-range>] [inside_port = <port-range>] [mode = <{auto|inbound|outbound}>] [weight = <number{0-255}>] [status = <{up|down}>]

where: intf type outside_addr inside_addr access_list foreign_addr protocol outside_port inside_port mode weight status The IP interface name. The type of mapping. The outside (typically public) IP address (range for NAT). The inside (typically private) IP address (range for NAT). The range of inside addresses the mapping is restricted to. The range of destination addresses the mapping is restricted to. The IP protocol. The outside port number or range (only for NAPT). The inside port number or range (only for NAPT). The mode to create the portmap. The weight for the portmap. The administrative state of mapping. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

651

NAT COMMANDS

nat mapdelete
Delete an address mapping from a nat enabled interface.

SYNTAX:
nat mapdelete intf = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}> index = <number>

where: intf index The IP interface name. The map index as listed by ':nat maplist'. REQUIRED REQUIRED

652

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

NAT COMMANDS

nat maplist
Display address mappings.

SYNTAX:
nat maplist [intf = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}>] [expand = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: intf expand The IP interface name. Expanded listing. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

653

NAT COMMANDS

nat tmpladd
Add an address mapping template.

SYNTAX:
nat tmpladd [intf = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}>] [group = <{wan|local|lan|tunnel|dmz|guest} or number>] [timeout = <number{0-65535}>] [type = <{napt|nat}>] outside_addr = <ip-range> [inside_addr = <ip-range>] [access_list = <ip-range>] [foreign_addr = <ip-range>] [protocol = <{ah|egp|esp|ggp|gre|hmp|icmp| igmp|pup|rdp|rsvp|tcp|udp|vines|xns-idp|6to4| ipip} or number>] [outside_port = <port-range>] [inside_port = <port-range>] [mode = <{auto|inbound|outbound}>] [weight = <number{0-255}>] [status = <{up|down}>]

where: intf group timeout type outside_addr inside_addr access_list foreign_addr protocol outside_port inside_port mode weight status The IP interface name scope for this template. The IP interface group scope for this template. Lifetime (seconds) for this template. The type of template. The outside (typically public) IP address or index (range for NAT). The inside (typically private) IP address or index (range for NAT). The range of inside addresses the template is restricted to. The range of destination addresses the template is restricted to. The IP protocol. The outside port number or range (only for NAPT). The inside port number or range (only for NAPT). The mode to create the portmap. The weight to be used for the template instance(s). The administrative state of template. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

654

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

NAT COMMANDS

nat tmpldelete
Delete an address mapping template.

SYNTAX:
nat tmpldelete where: index The template index as listed by ':nat tmpllist'. REQUIRED index = <number>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

655

NAT COMMANDS

nat tmplinst
Instantiate address mapping templates for a given dynamic address.

SYNTAX:
nat tmplinst intf = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}> addr_index = <ip-address> dynamic_addr = <ip-address>

where: intf addr_index dynamic_addr The IP interface name. The outside IP address index/key to instantiate for. The dynamic address to substitute the index/key with. REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED

656

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

NAT COMMANDS

nat tmpllist
Display address mapping templates.

SYNTAX:
nat tmpllist where: expand Expanded listing. OPTIONAL [expand = <{disabled|enabled}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

657

PPP COMMANDS

658

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

PPP COMMANDS

ppp Commands
ppp flush ppp ifattach ppp ifconfig ppp ifdelete ppp ifdetach ppp iflist ppp ifscan ppp relay flush ppp relay ifadd ppp relay ifconfig ppp relay ifdelete ppp relay iflist ppp relay sesslist ppp rtadd ppp rtdelete Flush all PPP interfaces. Attach a PPP interface. Modify a PPP interface. Delete a PPP interface. Detach a PPP interface. Display the PPP interfaces. Scan a PPP interface for available interfaces. Remove all ethernet interfaces from the PPP relay agent list and terminate all Add an ethernet interface to the PPP relay list. Modify an ethernet interface from the PPP relay agent list. Delete an ethernet interface from the PPP relay agent list. Display all ethernet interfaces added to the PPP relay agent list. Display all active PPP relay sessions. Add a route to the routing table when PPP link comes up. Delete the route for a PPP link. see page 660 see page 661 see page 662 see page 665 see page 666 see page 667 see page 668 see page 669 see page 670 see page 671 see page 672 see page 673 see page 674 see page 675 see page 676

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

659

PPP COMMANDS

ppp flush
Flush all PPP interfaces.

660

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

PPP COMMANDS

ppp ifattach
Attach a PPP interface.

SYNTAX:
ppp ifattach where: intf The name of the PPP interface. REQUIRED intf = <{Internet}>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

661

PPP COMMANDS

ppp ifconfig
Modify a PPP interface.

SYNTAX:
ppp ifconfig intf = <{Internet}> [dest = <{RELAY}>] [user = <string>] [password = <password>] [acname = <quoted string>] [servicename = <quoted string>] [class = <{0|1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12|13|14| 15}>] [pool = <{none}>] [accomp = <{enabled|disabled|negotiate}>] [trace = <{disabled|enabled}>] [concentrator = <{disabled|enabled}>] [auth = <{pap|chap|auto}>] [restart = <{disabled|enabled}>] [retryinterval = <number{0-65535}>] [passive = <{disabled|enabled}>] [silent = <{disabled|enabled}>] [echotolerance = <number{1-100}>] [echo = <number{1-100}>] [mru = <number{256-1500}>] [laddr = <ip-address>] [raddr = <ip-address>] [netmask = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>] [format = <{cidr|dotted|none}>] [subnetfirstip = <{disabled|enabled}>] [savepwd = <{disabled|enabled}>] [demanddial = <{disabled|enabled}>] [doddelay = <number{0-3600}>] [primdns = <ip-address>] [secdns = <ip-address>] [dnsmetric = <number{0-100}>] [idletime = <number{0-1000000}>] [idletrigger = <{RxTx|Rx|Tx}>] [unnumbered = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: intf dest user password acname servicename The name of the PPP interface to configure. The destination interface for this PPP interface. The username for remote PAP/CHAP authentication. The password for remote PAP/CHAP authentication. The access concentrator name for a PPP session. The service name for a PPP session. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

662

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

PPP COMMANDS

class pool accomp trace concentrator auth restart retryinterval passive silent echotolerance echo mru laddr raddr netmask format subnetfirstip savepwd demanddial doddelay primdns secdns dnsmetric idletime

The prio class of the PPP packets. Acquire IP subnet and assign it to a free DHCP pool. Try to negotiate PPP address & control field compression (LCP ACCOMP). Enable verbose console logging. The access concentrator is on this side of the PPP connection. Authentication protocol to be used. Automatically restart when LCP link goes down. The number of seconds between retries. When LCP times out, put link in a listening state. Do not send anything at startup, just listen for incoming LCP messages. Number of failed LCP echo requests needed to trigger a link failure. LCP echo request interval. Negotiate maximum packet size we can handle. Negotiate this IP address at our side of the link. Negotiate this IP address at remote side of the link. Negotiate IP subnet mask at remote side of the link. The format used to represent the IP subnet. Take the first ip address out of the received IP as local address. Select whether or not password is saved. Enable dial-on-demand feature. Nothing happens until packets are sent to this PPP interface. During this initial interval (seconds) packets do not trigger PPP interface. Negotiate this IP address as primary DNS server. Negotiate this IP address as secondary DNS server. DNS route metric to be used for the negotiated DNS servers. Maximum time the link may be idle (seconds).

OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

663

PPP COMMANDS

idletrigger unnumbered

Consider the link being idle if no traffic is sent and/or received during the idle time. Take local IP address from 'laddr' field and remote IP address from the pool. SVC only.

OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

664

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

PPP COMMANDS

ppp ifdelete
Delete a PPP interface.

SYNTAX:
ppp ifdelete where: intf The name of the PPP interface. REQUIRED intf = <{Internet}>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

665

PPP COMMANDS

ppp ifdetach
Detach a PPP interface.

SYNTAX:
ppp ifdetach where: intf The name of the PPP interface. REQUIRED intf = <{}>

666

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

PPP COMMANDS

ppp iflist
Display the PPP interfaces.

SYNTAX:
ppp iflist where: intf The name of a PPP interface. OPTIONAL [intf = <{Internet}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

667

PPP COMMANDS

ppp ifscan
Scan a PPP interface for available interfaces.

SYNTAX:
ppp ifscan intf = <{Internet}> [time = <number{0-36000}>]

where: intf time The name of the PPP interface to scan. The time to scan for services (in seconds). REQUIRED OPTIONAL

668

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

PPP COMMANDS

ppp relay flush


Remove all ethernet interfaces from the PPP relay agent list and terminate all

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

669

PPP COMMANDS

ppp relay ifadd


Add an ethernet interface to the PPP relay list.

SYNTAX:
ppp relay ifadd where: intf The ethernet intf to be added to the PPP relay agent list. REQUIRED intf = <{}>

670

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

PPP COMMANDS

ppp relay ifconfig


Modify an ethernet interface from the PPP relay agent list.

SYNTAX:
ppp relay ifconfig intf = <{bridge|ethoa_8_35}> hwaddr = <hardware-address>

where: intf hwaddr The ethernet intf to be added to the PPP relay agent list. The hardware address (e.g. Ethernet MAC address) of this interface. REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

671

PPP COMMANDS

ppp relay ifdelete


Delete an ethernet interface from the PPP relay agent list.

SYNTAX:
ppp relay ifdelete where: intf The ethernet intf to be added to the PPP relay agent list. REQUIRED intf = <{bridge|ethoa_8_35}>

672

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

PPP COMMANDS

ppp relay iflist


Display all ethernet interfaces added to the PPP relay agent list.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

673

PPP COMMANDS

ppp relay sesslist


Display all active PPP relay sessions.

674

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

PPP COMMANDS

ppp rtadd
Add a route to the routing table when PPP link comes up.

SYNTAX:
ppp rtadd intf = <{Internet}> dst = <ip-address> [dstmsk = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>] [label = <{None|DSCP|Interactive|Management| Video|VoIP-RTP|VoIP-Signal|default}>] [src = <ip-address>] [srcmsk = <ip-mask(dotted or cidr)>] [metric = <number{0-100}>]

where: intf dst dstmsk label src srcmsk metric The name of a PPP interface. The IP destination address specification for the route to be added when the link comes up. The IP destination mask. Special values : 1 = remote net; 32 = remote host; The name of the label. The IP source address specification. i.e. who can use this link. The IP source mask. The route metric. REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

675

PPP COMMANDS

ppp rtdelete
Delete the route for a PPP link.

SYNTAX:
ppp rtdelete where: intf The PPP interface name for which to delete the route settings. REQUIRED intf = <{Internet}>

676

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

PPTP COMMANDS

pptp Commands
pptp flush pptp ifadd pptp profadd pptp profdelete pptp proflist Flushes the PPTP configuration. Adds a PPTP profile (backwards compatible with previous release, use profiles Defines a new PPTP profile. Deletes a PPTP profile. Lists PPTP profiles. see page 678 see page 679 see page 680 see page 681 see page 682

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

677

PPTP COMMANDS

pptp flush
Flushes the PPTP configuration.

678

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

PPTP COMMANDS

pptp ifadd
Adds a PPTP profile (backwards compatible with previous release, use profiles

SYNTAX:
pptp ifadd dest = <string> [rate = <number{10-10000}>] [encaps = <{vcmux|nlpid}>] [ac = <{never|always|keep}>] To enable/disable LPD service. = <{never| always|keep}>

where: dest rate encaps ac To enable/disable LPD service. The WAN destination for this PPTP tunnel. Typically a phonebook name. Transmit speed in kbits/s for the WAN link. The WAN protocol encapsulation. Enable/disable sending address and control field (0xFF03) on the WAN link.Command: printersharing LPD config Syntax : config [state = <{disabled|enabled}>] REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL REQUIRED

SYNTAX:
pptp ifadd where: state Enabled/disabled LPD printer service. OPTIONAL [state = <{disabled|enabled}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

679

PPTP COMMANDS

pptp profadd
Defines a new PPTP profile.

SYNTAX:
pptp profadd name = <string> [qos = <{default}>] [encaps = <{vcmux|nlpid}>] [ac = <{never|always|keep}>]

where: name qos encaps ac The name for the new PPTP profile. The name of the qosbook entry, containing the settings for this profile. The WAN protocol encapsulation to be used with this profile. Enable/disable sending address and control field (0xFF03) on the WAN link. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

680

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

PPTP COMMANDS

pptp profdelete
Deletes a PPTP profile.

SYNTAX:
pptp profdelete where: name The name of the profile to delete. REQUIRED name = <>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

681

PPTP COMMANDS

pptp proflist
Lists PPTP profiles.

682

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

PRINTERSHARING COMMANDS

printersharing Commands
printersharing LPD list printersharing LPD queue add printersharing LPD queue delete printersharing LPD queue list To display LPD service context. Add an option. Delete an option. List all options. see page 684 see page 685 see page 686 see page 687

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

683

PRINTERSHARING COMMANDS

printersharing LPD list


To display LPD service context.

684

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

PRINTERSHARING COMMANDS

printersharing LPD queue add


Add an option.

SYNTAX:
printersharing LPD queue add name = <string> [type = <{Feed|Raw}>] [default = <{no|yes}>]

where: name type default LPD queue name. Queue Type Set default queue REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

685

PRINTERSHARING COMMANDS

printersharing LPD queue delete


Delete an option.

SYNTAX:
printersharing LPD queue delete where: name LPD queue name. REQUIRED name = <string>

686

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

PRINTERSHARING COMMANDS

printersharing LPD queue list


List all options.

SYNTAX:
printersharing LPD queue list name = <string> filter = <> action = <>

where: name filter action Rule name Filter Action REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

687

PTRACE COMMANDS

688

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

PTRACE COMMANDS

ptrace Commands
ptrace action add ptrace action delete ptrace action list ptrace action modify ptrace debug traceconfig ptrace delete ptrace filter add ptrace filter delete ptrace filter list ptrace filter modify ptrace flush ptrace list ptrace modify Add an action Delete an action List all actions Modify an action Modify trace configuration Delete a rule Add a filter Delete a filter List all filters Modify a filter Flush all settings List all rules Modify a rule see page 690 see page 691 see page 692 see page 693 see page 694 see page 695 see page 696 see page 697 see page 698 see page 699 see page 700 see page 701 see page 702

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

689

PTRACE COMMANDS

ptrace action add


Add an action

SYNTAX:
ptrace action add where: name Action name REQUIRED name = <string>

690

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

PTRACE COMMANDS

ptrace action delete


Delete an action

SYNTAX:
ptrace action delete where: name Action name REQUIRED name = <>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

691

PTRACE COMMANDS

ptrace action list


List all actions

692

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

PTRACE COMMANDS

ptrace action modify


Modify an action

SYNTAX:
ptrace action modify name = <> type = <{dump|mirror|}> intf = <{}> len = <number>

where: name type intf len Action name Action type Device on which to mirror frames Nbr of bytes to dump REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

693

PTRACE COMMANDS

ptrace debug traceconfig


Modify trace configuration

SYNTAX:
ptrace debug traceconfig where: state Enable/Disable tracing. OPTIONAL [state = <{disabled|enabled}>]

694

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

PTRACE COMMANDS

ptrace delete
Delete a rule

SYNTAX:
ptrace delete where: name Rule name REQUIRED name = <>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

695

PTRACE COMMANDS

ptrace filter add


Add a filter

SYNTAX:
ptrace filter add where: name Filter name REQUIRED name = <string>

696

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

PTRACE COMMANDS

ptrace filter delete


Delete a filter

SYNTAX:
ptrace filter delete where: name Filter name REQUIRED name = <>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

697

PTRACE COMMANDS

ptrace filter list


List all filters

698

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

PTRACE COMMANDS

ptrace filter modify


Modify a filter

SYNTAX:
ptrace filter modify name = <> intf = <{bridge|OBC|ethport1|RELAY|ethport2| ethport3|ethport4|WLAN|virt|ethoa_8_35}> Modify/Display ECO-manager configuration = <{bridge|OBC|ethport1|RELAY|ethport2|ethport3| ethport4|WLAN|virt|ethoa_8_35}>

where: name intf Modify/Display ECO-manager configuration Filter name Interface on which to trace framesCommand: pwr config Syntax : config [eco-manager = <{disabled|enabled}>] [cpu-microsleep = <{disabled|enabled}>] [cpu-lowspeed = <{disabled|enabled}>] [usb-controller = <{disabled|enabled}>] [wlan-pwrcontrol = <{disabled|enabled}>] REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED

SYNTAX:
ptrace filter modify [eco-manager = <{disabled|enabled}>] [cpu-microsleep = <{disabled|enabled}>] [cpu-lowspeed = <{disabled|enabled}>] [usb-controller = <{disabled|enabled}>] [wlan-pwrcontrol = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: eco-manager cpu-microsleep cpu-lowspeed usb-controller wlan-pwrcontrol (Enables / Disables the ECO-manager). (Allows the CPU to use low power instructions). (Allows the CPU to adjust its internal clock). (Enables / Disables the USB-Controller) (Enables / Disables Wireless LAN (WLAN) power control). OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

699

PTRACE COMMANDS

ptrace flush
Flush all settings

700

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

PTRACE COMMANDS

ptrace list
List all rules

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

701

PTRACE COMMANDS

ptrace modify
Modify a rule

SYNTAX:
ptrace modify name = <> [state = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: name state Rule name Rule enable/disable REQUIRED OPTIONAL

702

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

PWR COMMANDS

pwr Commands
pwr debug traceconfig pwr wlan-pwr-options Enable/disable the ECO manager traces Modify/Display the WLAN power control options see page 704 see page 705

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

703

PWR COMMANDS

pwr debug traceconfig


Enable/disable the ECO manager traces

SYNTAX:
pwr debug traceconfig [state = <{disabled|enabled}>] Add line to script. = <{disabled|enabled}>

where: state Add line to script. enable/disable the ECO manager tracesCommand: script add Syntax : add name = <string> [index = <number>] command = <quoted string> OPTIONAL REQUIRED

SYNTAX:
pwr debug traceconfig name = <string> [index = <number>] command = <quoted string>

where: name index command Name of script. Line number (0 = add). Command. REQUIRED OPTIONAL REQUIRED

704

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

PWR COMMANDS

pwr wlan-pwr-options
Modify/Display the WLAN power control options

SYNTAX:
pwr wlan-pwr-options [t-on = <number{4-600}>] [t-off = <number{4-600}>] [t-ext = <number{2-600}>]

where: t-on t-off t-ext Wireless subsystem On-time (s) Wireless subsystem Off-time(s) Wireless subsystem On-time Extension (s) OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

705

SCRIPT COMMANDS

706

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

SCRIPT COMMANDS

script Commands
script delete script flush script list script run Delete complete script or line from script. Flush scripts. List script. Run script. see page 708 see page 709 see page 710 see page 711

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

707

SCRIPT COMMANDS

script delete
Delete complete script or line from script.

SYNTAX:
script delete name = <{autopvc_add_qos|autopvc_delete_qos| autopvc_add_bridge|autopvc_delete_pppoerelay| autopvc_add_ipoa|autopvc_delete_ipoa| autopvc_add_ethoa|autopvc_delete_ethoa| autopvc_add_pppoa|autopvc_delete_pppoa| autopvc_add_pppoe|autopvc_delete_pppoe| autopvc_change_qos|wlbrintfadd|wlbrintfdel}> [index = <number>]

where: name index Name of script. Line number. REQUIRED OPTIONAL

708

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

SCRIPT COMMANDS

script flush
Flush scripts.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

709

SCRIPT COMMANDS

script list
List script.

SYNTAX:
script list [name = <{autopvc_add_qos|autopvc_delete_qos| autopvc_add_bridge|autopvc_delete_pppoerelay| autopvc_add_ipoa|autopvc_delete_ipoa| autopvc_add_ethoa|autopvc_delete_ethoa| autopvc_add_pppoa|autopvc_delete_pppoa| autopvc_add_pppoe|autopvc_delete_pppoe| autopvc_change_qos|wlbrintfadd|wlbrintfdel}>]

where: name Name of script. OPTIONAL

710

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

SCRIPT COMMANDS

script run
Run script.

SYNTAX:
script run name = <{autopvc_add_qos|autopvc_delete_qos| autopvc_add_bridge|autopvc_delete_pppoerelay| autopvc_add_ipoa|autopvc_delete_ipoa| autopvc_add_ethoa|autopvc_delete_ethoa| autopvc_add_pppoa|autopvc_delete_pppoa| autopvc_add_pppoe|autopvc_delete_pppoe| autopvc_change_qos|wlbrintfadd|wlbrintfdel}> pars = <quoted string> Display list of services. = <quoted string>

where: name pars Display list of services. Name of script. Parameters separated with comma e.q. a,b,c .Command: service host list Syntax : list [name = <{AIM Talk|BearShare|BitTorrent| Checkpoint FW1 VPN| Counter Strike|DirectX 7|DirectX 8|DirectX 9|eMule|FTP Server|Gamespy Arcade|HTTP Server (World Wide Web)|HTTPS Server|iMesh|KaZaA| Mail Server (SMTP)|Microsoft Remote Desktop|MSN Game Zone|MSN Game Zone (DX)|NNTP Server| PPTP Server|Secure Shell Server (SSH)|Steam Games|Telnet Server|VNC|Xbox Live}>] REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED

SYNTAX:
script run [name = <{AIM Talk|BearShare|BitTorrent| Checkpoint FW1 VPN|Counter Strike|Server (World Wide Web)|HTTPS Server|iMesh|KaZaA|Mail Server (SMTP)|Microsoft Remote Desktop|MSN Game Zone|MSN Game Zone (DX)|NNTPServer|PPTP Server|Secure Shell Server (SSH)|Steam Games| TelnetServer|VNC|Xbox Live}>]

where: name The name of the service. OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

711

SERVICE COMMANDS

712

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

SERVICE COMMANDS

service Commands
service host add service host assign service host category add service host category delete service host category list service host category rename service host delete service host disable service host flush service host rule add service host rule delete service host stats service host triggerlist service system ifadd service system ifdelete service system ipadd service system ipdelete service system list service system mapadd service system mapdelete service system modify Add a service. Assign a service to a host. Create/define service category. Delete a service category. List the available service categories. Rename a service category. Delete a service. Disable a service. Flush all services. Create/define service portmap. Delete a service portmap. Service statistics. List all triggers. Add an interface to the access list. Delete an interface from the access list. Add an IP address (range) to the access list. Delete an IP address (range) from the access list. Display services. Add a port map for a service. Delete a port map for a service. Modify a service. see page 714 see page 715 see page 716 see page 717 see page 718 see page 719 see page 720 see page 721 see page 722 see page 723 see page 725 see page 727 see page 728 see page 729 see page 730 see page 731 see page 732 see page 733 see page 734 see page 735 see page 736

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

713

SERVICE COMMANDS

service host add


Add a service.

SYNTAX:
service host add name = <quoted string> [mode = <{server|client|custom}>] [category = <>]

where: name mode category The name of the service. server, client or custom service ? The category to which the service belongs. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

714

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

SERVICE COMMANDS

service host assign


Assign a service to a host.

SYNTAX:
service host assign name = <{AIM Talk|BearShare|BitTorrent| Checkpoint FW1 VPN|Counter Strike|Server (World Wide Web)|HTTPS Server|iMesh|KaZaA|Mail Server (SMTP)|Microsoft Remote Desktop|MSN Game Zone|MSN Game Zone (DX)|NNTPServer|PPTP Server|Secure Shell Server (SSH)|Steam Games| TelnetServer|VNC|Xbox Live}> [host = <ip-address>] [log = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: name host log The name of the service. The IP address of the host. Enable/disable logging. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

715

SERVICE COMMANDS

service host category add


Create/define service category.

SYNTAX:
service host category add where: name The name of the category. REQUIRED name = <string>

716

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

SERVICE COMMANDS

service host category delete


Delete a service category.

SYNTAX:
service host category delete where: name The name of the category. REQUIRED name = <>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

717

SERVICE COMMANDS

service host category list


List the available service categories.

718

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

SERVICE COMMANDS

service host category rename


Rename a service category.

SYNTAX:
service host category rename name = <> new_name = <string>

where: name new_name The name of the existing category. The new name of the category. REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

719

SERVICE COMMANDS

service host delete


Delete a service.

SYNTAX:
service host delete name = <{AIM Talk|BearShare|BitTorrent| Checkpoint FW1 VPN|Counter Strike|Server (World Wide Web)|HTTPS Server|iMesh|KaZaA|Mail Server (SMTP)|Microsoft Remote Desktop|MSN Game Zone|MSN Game Zone (DX)|NNTPServer|PPTP Server|Secure Shell Server (SSH)|Steam Games| TelnetServer|VNC|Xbox Live}>

where: name The name of the service. REQUIRED

720

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

SERVICE COMMANDS

service host disable


Disable a service.

SYNTAX:
service host disable [name = <{AIM Talk|BearShare|BitTorrent| Checkpoint FW1 VPN|Counter Strike|Server (World Wide Web)|HTTPS Server|iMesh|KaZaA|Mail Server (SMTP)|Microsoft Remote Desktop|MSN Game Zone|MSN Game Zone (DX)|NNTPServer|PPTP Server|Secure Shell Server (SSH)|Steam Games| TelnetServer|VNC|Xbox Live}>]

where: name The name of the service. OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

721

SERVICE COMMANDS

service host flush


Flush all services.

722

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

SERVICE COMMANDS

service host rule add


Create/define service portmap.

SYNTAX:
service host rule add name = <{AIM Talk|BearShare|BitTorrent| Checkpoint FW1 VPN|Counter Strike|Server (World Wide Web)|HTTPS Server|iMesh|KaZaA|Mail Server (SMTP)|Microsoft Remote Desktop|MSN Game Zone|MSN Game Zone (DX)|NNTPServer|PPTP Server|Secure Shell Server (SSH)|Steam Games| TelnetServer|VNC|Xbox Live}> [protocol = <{any|tcp|udp}>] [baseport = <{undefined|at-echo|at-nbp|atrtmp|at-zis|auth|bgp|biff|bootpc|exec|finger| ftp|ftp-data|gopher|h323|httpproxy|ike|ils| imap2|imap3|ingres-net|ipcserver|ipx|irc-o| irc-u|kerberos|ldap|login|netbios-dgm|netbiosns|netbios-ssn|netwall|netware-ip|new-rwho| nfds|nicname|nntp|ntalk|ntp|pcmail-srv|pop2| pop3|printer|qotd|realaudio|rip|rtelnet|rtsp| sip|smtp|snmp|snmptrap|snpp|sntp|sql*net| sql-net|sqlserv|sunrpc|syslog|systat|talk| telnet|time|timed|tftp|ulistserv|utime|uucp| uucp-rlogin|who|www-http|whoami|xwindows} or number>] portrange = <port-range> [triggerport = <{undefined|at-echo|at-nbp| at-rtmp|at-zis|auth|bgp|biff|doom|echo|exec| finger|ftp|ftp-data|gopher|h323|httpproxy| ike|ils|imap2|imap3|ingres-net|ipcserver|ipx| irc-o|irc-u|kerberos|ldap|login|netbios-dgm| netbios-ns|netbios-ssn|netwall|netware-ip|newrwho|nfds|nicname|nntp|ntalk|ntp|pcmail-srv| pop2|pop3|printer|qotd|realaudio|rip|rtelnet| rtsp|sip|smtp|snmp|snmptrap|snpp|sntp|sql*net| sql-net|sqlserv|sunrpc|syslog|systat|talk| telnet|time|timed|tftp|ulistserv|utime|uucp| uucp-rlogin|who|www-http|whoami|xwindows} ornumber>] [triggerprotocol = <{any|tcp|udp}>] [mode = <{inbound|outbound|auto}>]

where: name protocol baseport portrange The name of the service. Protocol type. Inbound base port. The outbound portrange. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

723

SERVICE COMMANDS

triggerport triggerprotocol mode

Defines outbound trigger port. Protocol of the trigger port. Port map mode.

OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

724

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

SERVICE COMMANDS

service host rule delete


Delete a service portmap.

SYNTAX:
service host rule delete name = <{AIM Talk|BearShare|BitTorrent| Checkpoint FW1 VPN|Counter Strike|Server (World Wide Web)|HTTPS Server|iMesh|KaZaA|Mail Server (SMTP)|Microsoft Remote Desktop|MSN Game Zone|MSN Game Zone (DX)|NNTPServer|PPTP Server|Secure Shell Server (SSH)|Steam Games| TelnetServer|VNC|Xbox Live}> [protocol = <{any|tcp|udp}>] [baseport = <{undefined|at-echo|at-nbp|atrtmp|at-zis|auth|bgp|biff|bootpc|exec|finger| ftp|ftp-data|gopher|h323|httpproxy|ike|ils| imap2|imap3|ingres-net|ipcserver|ipx|irc-o| irc-u|kerberos|ldap|login|netbios-dgm|netbiosns|netbios-ssn|netwall|netware-ip|new-rwho| nfds|nicname|nntp|ntalk|ntp|pcmail-srv|pop2| pop3|printer|qotd|realaudio|rip|rtelnet|rtsp| sip|smtp|snmp|snmptrap|snpp|sntp|sql*net| sql-net|sqlserv|sunrpc|syslog|systat|talk| telnet|time|timed|tftp|ulistserv|utime|uucp| uucp-rlogin|who|www-http|whoami|xwindows} or number>] portrange = <port-range> [triggerport = <{undefined|at-echo|at-nbp| at-rtmp|at-zis|auth|bgp|biff|doom|echo|exec| finger|ftp|ftp-data|gopher|h323|httpproxy| ike|ils|imap2|imap3|ingres-net|ipcserver|ipx| irc-o|irc-u|kerberos|ldap|login|netbios-dgm| netbios-ns|netbios-ssn|netwall|netware-ip|newrwho|nfds|nicname|nntp|ntalk|ntp|pcmail-srv| pop2|pop3|printer|qotd|realaudio|rip|rtelnet| rtsp|sip|smtp|snmp|snmptrap|snpp|sntp|sql*net| sql-net|sqlserv|sunrpc|syslog|systat|talk| telnet|time|timed|tftp|ulistserv|utime|uucp| uucp-rlogin|who|www-http|whoami|xwindows} ornumber>] [triggerprotocol = <{any|tcp|udp}>] [mode = <{inbound|outbound|auto}>]

where: name protocol baseport portrange The name of the service. Protocol type. Inbound base port. The outbound portrange. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

725

SERVICE COMMANDS

triggerport triggerprotocol mode

Defines outbound trigger port. Protocol of the trigger port. Port map mode.

OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

726

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

SERVICE COMMANDS

service host stats


Service statistics.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

727

SERVICE COMMANDS

service host triggerlist


List all triggers.

728

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

SERVICE COMMANDS

service system ifadd


Add an interface to the access list.

SYNTAX:
service system ifadd name = <{PPTP|HTTP|HTTPs|webservice| FTP|TELNET|RIP-Query|DNS-S|MDAP|SSDP| PING_RESPONDER}> [group = <{wan|local|lan|tunnel|dmz|guest} or number>] [intf = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}>]

where: name group intf The name of the service for this access list. The interface group for this access list. The interface for this access list. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

729

SERVICE COMMANDS

service system ifdelete


Delete an interface from the access list.

SYNTAX:
service system ifdelete name = <{PPTP|HTTP|HTTPs|webservice| FTP|TELNET|RIP-Query|DNS-S|MDAP|SSDP| PING_RESPONDER}> [group = <{wan|local|lan|tunnel|dmz|guest} or number>] [intf = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}>]

where: name group intf The name of the service for this access list. The interface group for this access list. The interface for this access list. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

730

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

SERVICE COMMANDS

service system ipadd


Add an IP address (range) to the access list.

SYNTAX:
service system ipadd name = <{PPTP|HTTP|HTTPs|webservice| FTP|TELNET|RIP-Query|DNS-S|MDAP|SSDP| PING_RESPONDER}> ip = <ip-range>

where: name ip The name of the service for this access list. The IP address (range) for this access list. REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

731

SERVICE COMMANDS

service system ipdelete


Delete an IP address (range) from the access list.

SYNTAX:
service system ipdelete name = <{PPTP|HTTP|HTTPs|webservice| FTP|TELNET|RIP-Query|DNS-S|MDAP|SSDP| PING_RESPONDER}> ip = <ip-range> Add NTP server = <ip-range>

where: name ip Add NTP server The name of the service for this access list. The IP address (range) for this access list.Command: sntp add Syntax : add [addr = <ip-address>] [name = <string>] [version = <number{1-4}>] REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED

SYNTAX:
service system ipdelete [addr = <ip-address>] [name = <string>] [version = <number{1-4}>]

where: addr name IP address of NTP server to be added to list DNS name of NTP server to be added to list. If both the IP address and the DNS name are provided, the IP address is ignored. SNTP version of server (1,2,3 or 4) OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

version

OPTIONAL

732

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

SERVICE COMMANDS

service system list


Display services.

SYNTAX:
service system list [name = <{Remote-MBus|PPTP|PPTPD|PPTPGRE| SNTP|SLA_ICMP_PING|SLA_UDP_PING|RIP-Query| IGMP-Proxy|DNS-S|DNS-C|DYNAMIC_DNS|dyndns| statdns|custom|No-IP|DtDNS|gnudip|DHCPS|DHCP-R|MDAP|CWMP-C|CWMP-S|UPGD-C|SSDP| IP_COMMANDS|ICMP_PING|SENDTO|PING_RESPONDER| ICMP_TRACEROUTE|UDP_TRACEROUTE|HTTPPROBE}>] [expand = <{disabled|enabled}>] [dynamics = <{disabled|enabled}>] [members = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: name expand dynamics members The name of the service. Expanded listing. Display dynamic sevices. Display sevice group members. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

733

SERVICE COMMANDS

service system mapadd


Add a port map for a service.

SYNTAX:
service system mapadd name = <{PPTP|HTTP|HTTPs|webservice|HTTPI|FTP| TELNET|DNS-S|MDAP|SSDP}> intf = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}> port = <{undefined|at-echo|at-nbp|at-rtmp|atzis|auth|bgp|biff|bootpc|finger|ftp|ftp-data| gopher|h323|httpproxy|ike|ils|imap2|imap3| ingres-net|ipcserver|ipx|irc-o|irc-u|kerberos| ldap|login|netbios-dgm|netbios-ns|netbiosssn|netwall|netware-ip|new-rwho|nfds|nicname| nntp|ntalk|ntp|pcmail-srv|pop2|pop3|printer| qotd|realaudio|rip|rtelnet|rtsp|sip|smtp|snmp| snmptrap|snpp|sntp|sql*net|sql-net|sqlserv| sunrpc|syslog|systat|talk|telnet|time|timed| tftp|ulistserv|utime|uucp|uucp-rlogin|who|wwwhttp|whoami|xwindows} or number>

where: name intf port The name of the service for this map. The interface for this map. The port for this map. REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED

734

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

SERVICE COMMANDS

service system mapdelete


Delete a port map for a service.

SYNTAX:
service system mapdelete name = <{PPTP|HTTP|HTTPs|webservice|HTTPI|FTP| TELNET|DNS-S|MDAP|SSDP}> intf = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}> port = <{undefined|at-echo|at-nbp|at-rtmp|atzis|auth|bgp|biff|bootpc|finger|ftp|ftp-data| gopher|h323|httpproxy|ike|ils|imap2|imap3| ingres-net|ipcserver|ipx|irc-o|irc-u|kerberos| ldap|login|netbios-dgm|netbios-ns|netbiosssn|netwall|netware-ip|new-rwho|nfds|nicname| nntp|ntalk|ntp|pcmail-srv|pop2|pop3|printer| qotd|realaudio|rip|rtelnet|rtsp|sip|smtp|snmp| snmptrap|snpp|sntp|sql*net|sql-net|sqlserv| sunrpc|syslog|systat|talk|telnet|time|timed| tftp|ulistserv|utime|uucp|uucp-rlogin|who|wwwhttp|whoami|xwindows} or number>

where: name intf port The name of the service for this map. The interface for this map. The port for this map. REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

735

SERVICE COMMANDS

service system modify


Modify a service.

SYNTAX:
service system modify name = <{Remote-MBus|PPTP|PPTPD|PPTPGRE|SNTP| SLA_ICMP_PING|SLA_UDP_PING|Query|IGMP-Proxy| DNS-S|DNS-C|DHCP-S|DHCP-R|MDAP|CWMP-C|CWMP-S| UPGD-C|SSDP|IP_COMMANDS|PING_RESPONDER}> [state = <{disabled|enabled}>] [port = <{undefined|at-echo|at-nbp|at-rtmp|atzis|auth|bgp|biff|bootpc|finger|ftp|ftp-data| gopher|h323|httpproxy|ike|ils|imap2|imap3| ingres-net|ipcserver|ipx|irc-o|irc-u|kerberos| ldap|login|netbios-dgm|netbios-ns|netbiosssn|netwall|netware-ip|new-rwho|nfds|nicname| nntp|ntalk|ntp|pcmail-srv|pop2|pop3|printer| qotd|realaudio|rip|rtelnet|rtsp|sip|smtp|snmp| snmptrap|snpp|sntp|sql*net|sql-net|sqlserv| sunrpc|syslog|systat|talk|telnet|time|timed| tftp|ulistserv|utime|uucp|uucp-rlogin|who|wwwhttp|whoami|xwindows} or number>] [dynportrange = <port-range>] [qoslabel = <{None|DSCP|Interactive| Management|Video|VoIP-RTP|VoIP-Signal| default}>] [routelabel = <{None|DSCP|Interactive| Management|Video|VoIP-RTP|VoIP-Signal| default}>] [srcintf = <{loop|Internet|LocalNetwork}>] [log = <{disabled|enabled}>] [forward = <{disabled|enabled}>] [natpmweight = <number{0-255}>]

where: name state port dynportrange qoslabel routelabel srcintf log forward natpmweight The name of the service. Disable/Enable this service. The port of the service. The dynamic port range for this service. QOS label for service data. Route label for service data. The primary IP interface for this service. Disable/Enable service logging. Disable/Enable service forwarding. The nat portmap weight for this service. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

736

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

SNTP COMMANDS

sntp Commands
sntp config sntp debug traceconfig sntp delete sntp flush sntp list Modify/Display configuration Modify SNTP client trace configuration Delete NTP server from list Flush NTP server list and SNTP client configuration List the NTP servers see page 738 see page 739 see page 740 see page 741 see page 742

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

737

SNTP COMMANDS

sntp config
Modify/Display configuration

SYNTAX:
sntp config [state = <{enabled|disabled}>] [poll = <number{1-10080}>] [pollpresync = <number{1-60}>] [wanSubscribe = <{enabled|disabled}>]

where: state poll pollpresync wanSubscribe Enable/Disable SNTP client polling interval (1 min, ... ,10080min(=7days)) polling interval before first sync (1 min, ... ,60min) Enable/Disable subscribe wan connection OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

738

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

SNTP COMMANDS

sntp debug traceconfig


Modify SNTP client trace configuration

SYNTAX:
sntp debug traceconfig [state = <{disabled|enabled}>] Displays the software version. = <{disabled| enabled}>

where: state Displays the software version. Enable/Disable tracing.Command: software version Syntax : version OPTIONAL REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

739

SNTP COMMANDS

sntp delete
Delete NTP server from list

SYNTAX:
sntp delete [addr = <ip-address>] [name = <string>]

where: addr name IP address of NTP server to be removed from list DNS name of NTP server to be removed from list OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

740

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

SNTP COMMANDS

sntp flush
Flush NTP server list and SNTP client configuration

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

741

SNTP COMMANDS

sntp list
List the NTP servers

742

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

SOFTWARE COMMANDS

software Commands
software switchover software upgrade Switches active & passive bank & reboots. Reboots the modem to initiate the SW upgrade. New software available on a see page 744 see page 745

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

743

SOFTWARE COMMANDS

software switchover
Switches active & passive bank & reboots.

SYNTAX:
software switchover where: proceed Confirmation for resetting the modem. REQUIRED proceed = <{no|yes}>

744

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

SOFTWARE COMMANDS

software upgrade
Reboots the modem to initiate the SW upgrade. New software available on a

SYNTAX:
software upgrade [statecheck = <{}>] interval = <{}> timeout = <{}> [groupop = <{and|or}>] [dmtree = <{igd|atomic}>]

where: statecheck interval timeout groupop dmtree The name of the statecheck. The interval seconds between checks. The Timeout seconds after which checking stops. Group operator type. Client type. OPTIONAL REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

745

STATECHECK COMMANDS

746

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

STATECHECK COMMANDS

statecheck Commands
statecheck checkadd statecheck checkdelete statecheck groupadd statecheck groupdelete statecheck list statecheck statecheckadd statecheck statecheckdelete Add a check object. Delete a check object. Add a group object. Delete a group object. List checks. Add a statecheck object. Delete a statecheck object. see page 748 see page 749 see page 750 see page 751 see page 752 see page 753 see page 754

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

747

STATECHECK COMMANDS

statecheck checkadd
Add a check object.

SYNTAX:
statecheck checkadd [statecheck = <{}>] group = <{}> name = <string> object = <string> paramname = <string> paramtype = <{string|uint|bool}> [paramop = <{and|or|single}>] matchtype = <{equal|differ|statdelta}> match = <quoted string> [conschecks = <tring>]

where: statecheck group name object paramname paramtype paramop matchtype match conschecks The name of the statecheck. The name of the group. The name of the check. The object to check. The parameter to check. The parameter type. The parameter operator type. The match type. The match value. The number of consecutuve checks the result has to be inactive before the inactive parameter changes OPTIONAL REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL

748

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

STATECHECK COMMANDS

statecheck checkdelete
Delete a check object.

SYNTAX:
statecheck checkdelete statecheck = <{}> group = <{}> name = <{}>

where: statecheck group name The name of the statecheck. The name of the group. The name of the check. REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

749

STATECHECK COMMANDS

statecheck groupadd
Add a group object.

SYNTAX:
statecheck groupadd [statecheck = <{}>] name = <string> [checkop = <{and|or}>]

where: statecheck name checkop The name of the statecheck. The name of the group. Check operator type. OPTIONAL REQUIRED OPTIONAL

750

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

STATECHECK COMMANDS

statecheck groupdelete
Delete a group object.

SYNTAX:
statecheck groupdelete statecheck = <{}> name = <{}>

where: statecheck name The name of the statecheck. The name of the group. REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

751

STATECHECK COMMANDS

statecheck list
List checks.

SYNTAX:
statecheck list [activate = <{disabled|enabled}>] [timeout = <number{0-60}>] [format = <{standard|welf}>]

where: activate timeout format Syslog send to collectors enabled. Syslog flooding timeout (in secs) to collectors. Syslog contents format OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

752

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

STATECHECK COMMANDS

statecheck statecheckadd
Add a statecheck object.

SYNTAX:
statecheck statecheckadd where: name The name of the statecheck. REQUIRED name = <string>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

753

STATECHECK COMMANDS

statecheck statecheckdelete
Delete a statecheck object.

SYNTAX:
statecheck statecheckdelete where: statecheck The name of the statecheck. REQUIRED statecheck = <{}>

754

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

SYSLOG COMMANDS

syslog Commands
syslog flush syslog list syslog msgbuf flush syslog msgbuf send syslog msgbuf show syslog ruleadd syslog ruledelete Flushes syslog rules. List the current syslog configuration Flush all messages in syslog message buffer. Send messages to remote syslog server. Show messages in the syslog message buffer. Add a new rule to the syslog configuration. Delete a rule in the syslog configuration see page 756 see page 757 see page 758 see page 759 see page 760 see page 761 see page 762

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

755

SYSLOG COMMANDS

syslog flush
Flushes syslog rules.

756

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

SYSLOG COMMANDS

syslog list
List the current syslog configuration

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

757

SYSLOG COMMANDS

syslog msgbuf flush


Flush all messages in syslog message buffer.

SYNTAX:
syslog msgbuf flush [date = <dd/mm/yyyy>] [time = <hh:mm:ss>] [timezone = <(+ or -)hh:mm>] [daylightsaving = <{disabled|enabled}>] [geotimezonename = <{(UTC-12:00)|(UTC-11:00)| (UTC-10:00)|(UTC-09:00)|(UTC-(UTC-03:30)| (UTC-03:00)|(UTC-02:00)|(UTC-01:00)|(UTC)|(UTC +01:00)|(UTC+02:00)|(UTC+03:00)|(UTC+03:30)| (UTC+04:00)|(UTC+04:30)|(UTC+05:00)|(UTC +05:30)|(UTC+05:45)|(UTC+06:00)|(UTC+06:30)| (UTC+07:00)|(UTC+08:00)|(UTC+09:00)|(UTC +09:30)|(UTC+10:00)|(UTC+11:00)|(UTC+12:00)| (UTC+13:00)}>] [rtc = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: date time timezone daylightsaving geotimezonename rtc Set the system date Set the system time Set the system timezone(-12:00...+14:00 / 15 minute resolution) Enable/Disable daylight saving Set the geographical timezone by name Enable/Disable the real time clock OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

758

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

SYSLOG COMMANDS

syslog msgbuf send


Send messages to remote syslog server.

SYNTAX:
syslog msgbuf send [fac = <{kern|user|mail|daemon|auth|syslog| lpr|news|uucp|cron|security|ftp|local6| local7}>] [sev = <{emerg|alert|crit|err|warning|notice| info|debug}>] [hist = <{disabled|enabled}>] dest = <ip-address>

where: fac sev hist dest Syslog facility level. Syslog severity level. Syslog display message history (over several bootups) Remote syslog server destination: an ip-address. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

759

SYSLOG COMMANDS

syslog msgbuf show


Show messages in the syslog message buffer.

SYNTAX:
syslog msgbuf show [fac = <{kern|user|mail|daemon|auth|syslog| lpr|news|uucp|cron|security|ftp|local6| local7}>] [sev = <{emerg|alert|crit|err|warning|notice| info|debug}>] [hist = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: fac sev hist Syslog facility level. Syslog severity level. Syslog display message history (over several bootups) OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

760

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

SYSLOG COMMANDS

syslog ruleadd
Add a new rule to the syslog configuration.

SYNTAX:
syslog ruleadd fac = <{kern|user|mail|daemon|auth|syslog|lpr| news|uucp|cron|security|ftp|local6|local7|all or comma-seperated }> sev = <{emerg|alert|crit|err|warning|notice| info|debug}> dest = <ip-address>

where: fac sev dest Syslog rule facility. Syslog rule severity. Syslog rule destination: an ip-address. REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

761

SYSLOG COMMANDS

syslog ruledelete
Delete a rule in the syslog configuration

SYNTAX:
syslog ruledelete where: rule_index Syslog rule index. REQUIRED rule_index = <number{1-16}>

762

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

SYSTEM COMMANDS

system Commands
system config system debug autosave system debug cpu system debug mem system dst system flush system ra config system ra instadd system ra instdelete system ra list system ra start system ra stop system reboot system reset system timedreboot Set or change system config parameters. Autosave debugging commands CPU usage statistics Memory usage statistics Set daylight saving values Flush system configuration. Configure remote access parameters. Add a remote access instances. Delete remote access instances. List remote access instances. Starts temporary mode. Stops temporary mode. Reboot the modem. Reset to (factory or ISP) defaults: user specific settings will be cleared ! Set or change editing mode timed reboot see page 764 see page 765 see page 766 see page 767 see page 768 see page 769 see page 770 see page 771 see page 772 see page 773 see page 774 see page 775 see page 776 see page 777 see page 778

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

763

SYSTEM COMMANDS

system config
Set or change system config parameters.

SYNTAX:
system config [upnp = <{disabled|enabled}>] [tr64 = <{disabled|enabled}>] [tr64auth = <{disabled|enabled}>] [mdap = <{disabled|enabled}>] [led = <{blue|green|red|orange|flash|off}>] [resetbutton = <{disabled|enabled}>] [defaultconnection = <{loop|Internet| LocalNetwork}>] [autosave = <{enabled|disabled}>] [autosavedelay = <number{0-600}>] [WANMode = <{ADSL|VDSL|SHDSL|ETH|UMTS}>] [WANEthPort = <{ethif1|ethif2|ethif3|ethif4}>]

where: upnp tr64 tr64auth mdap led resetbutton defaultconnection autosave autosavedelay WANMode WANEthPort Enable/Disable upnp discovery Enable/Disable TR-64 discovery Enable/Disable TR-64 digest authentication Enable/Disable mdap discovery Set system LED color Enable/Disable reset-to-factory-defaults pushbutton The name of the default internet connection. Enable/Disable autosaves Autosave delay in seconds (0 for immediate save) Set autosensing wan mode Set autosensing eth wan port OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

764

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

SYSTEM COMMANDS

system debug autosave


Autosave debugging commands

SYNTAX:
system debug autosave where: trace Enable/Disable autosave traces OPTIONAL [trace = <{disabled|enabled}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

765

SYSTEM COMMANDS

system debug cpu


CPU usage statistics

SYNTAX:
system debug cpu [delay = <number{1-60}>] [iterations = <number{1-4000000}>] [tasks = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: delay iterations tasks Delay between stats updates Number of iteration before ending Show active tasks OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

766

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

SYSTEM COMMANDS

system debug mem


Memory usage statistics

SYNTAX:
system debug mem where: expand Dump of /proc/meminfo OPTIONAL [expand = <{disabled|enabled}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

767

SYSTEM COMMANDS

system dst
Set daylight saving values

SYNTAX:
system dst [mode = <{Absolute|Relative}>] [startdate = <dd/mm/yyyy>] [starttime = <hh:mm:ss>] [enddate = <dd/mm/yyyy>] [endtime = <hh:mm:ss>] [startweekday = <{Sunday|Monday|Tuesday| Wednesday|Thursday|Friday|Saturday}>] [starthour = <number{0-23}>] [startweek = <number{1-5}>] [startmonth = <number{1-12}>] [endweekday = <{Sunday|Monday|Tuesday| Wednesday|Thursday|Friday|Saturday}>] [endhour = <number{0-23}>] [endweek = <number{1-5}>] [endmonth = <number{1-12}>]

where: mode startdate starttime enddate endtime startweekday starthour startweek startmonth endweekday endhour endweek endmonth Set daylight saving mode Set the start date of the daylight saving in the absolute mode Set the start time of the daylight saving in the absolute mode Set the end date of the daylight saving in the absolute mode Set the end time of the daylight saving in the absolute mode Set the start weekday of the daylight saving in the relative mode Set the start hour of the daylight saving in the relative mode Set the start week of the daylight saving in the relative mode Set the start month of the daylight saving in the ralative mode Set the end weekday of the daylight saving in the relative mode Set the end hour of the daylight saving in the relative mode Set the end week of the daylight saving in the relative mode Set the end month of the daylight saving in the relative mode OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

768

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

SYSTEM COMMANDS

system flush
Flush system configuration.

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

769

SYSTEM COMMANDS

system ra config
Configure remote access parameters.

SYNTAX:
system ra config name = <{}> [state = <{disabled|enabled}>] [secure = <{enabled|disabled}>] [port = <{enabled|disabled}>] [timeout = <led|disabled}>] [mode = <{Permanent|Temporary|Schedule}>] [ipintf = <string>] [randompassword = <{enabled|disabled}>] [randomport = <{enabled|disabled}>] [group = <string>] [user = <string>] [todschedule = <string>] [systemservice = <{GUI|webservice}>]

where: name state secure port timeout mode ipintf randompassword randomport group user todschedule systemservice Instance name Enable/disable RAD. Use secure mode (https). The port number. The timeout value. Mode Permanent or Temporary. The name of the xref to the IP interface. Create a random password. Use a random port. The name of the xref to the group keypath. The name of the xref to the user keypath. The name of the xref to the ToD schedule. The system service type. REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

770

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

SYSTEM COMMANDS

system ra instadd
Add a remote access instances.

SYNTAX:
system ra instadd where: name Instance name REQUIRED name = <string>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

771

SYSTEM COMMANDS

system ra instdelete
Delete remote access instances.

SYNTAX:
system ra instdelete where: name Instance name REQUIRED name = <{}>

772

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

SYSTEM COMMANDS

system ra list
List remote access instances.

SYNTAX:
system ra list where: name The name of the instance. OPTIONAL [name = <{}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

773

SYSTEM COMMANDS

system ra start
Starts temporary mode.

SYNTAX:
system ra start where: name Instance name REQUIRED name = <{}>

774

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

SYSTEM COMMANDS

system ra stop
Stops temporary mode.

SYNTAX:
system ra stop name = <{}> Display/modify tls settings = <{}>

where: name Display/modify tls settings Instance nameCommand: tls acs-client config Syntax : config [state = <{disabled|enabled}>] [auth-serv = <{disabled|enabled}>] [valid-date = <{disabled|enabled}>] [valid-domain = <{disabled|enabled}>] REQUIRED REQUIRED

SYNTAX:
system ra stop [state = <{disabled|enabled}>] [auth-serv = <{disabled|enabled}>] [valid-date = <{disabled|enabled}>] [valid-domain = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: state auth-serv valid-date valid-domain SSL/TLS client for ACS state Request server authentication Check certificate validity date Check certificate domain OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

775

SYSTEM COMMANDS

system reboot
Reboot the modem.

776

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

SYSTEM COMMANDS

system reset
Reset to (factory or ISP) defaults: user specific settings will be cleared !

SYNTAX:
system reset factory = <{yes|no}> proceed = <{no|yes}>

where: factory proceed Option to reset to factory Confirmation for resetting the modem. REQUIRED REQUIRED

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

777

SYSTEM COMMANDS

system timedreboot
Set or change editing mode timed reboot

SYNTAX:
system timedreboot [state = <{disabled|enabled}>] [time = <number{0-983040}>] [date = <string>]

where: state time date Enable/Disable timed reboot Change default countdown time (Min). Set date/time to reboot (DD/MM/YYYY/HH:MM). OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

778

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

TLS COMMANDS

tls Commands
tls acs-client cert add tls acs-client cert delete tls acs-client cert list tls https-server cert add tls https-server cert delete tls https-server cert list tls https-server config tls remote-upgraded cert add tls remote-upgraded cert delete tls remote-upgraded cert list tls remote-upgraded config tls self cert list Add a new certificate Delete a certificate List certificates Add a new certificate Delete a certificate List certificates Display/modify tls settings Add a new certificate Delete a certificate List certificates Display/modify tls settings List certificates see page 780 see page 781 see page 782 see page 783 see page 784 see page 785 see page 786 see page 787 see page 788 see page 789 see page 790 see page 791

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

779

TLS COMMANDS

tls acs-client cert add


Add a new certificate

SYNTAX:
tls acs-client cert add where: filename name of the certificate file REQUIRED filename = <string>

780

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

TLS COMMANDS

tls acs-client cert delete


Delete a certificate

SYNTAX:
tls acs-client cert delete where: index Certificate index REQUIRED index = <number>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

781

TLS COMMANDS

tls acs-client cert list


List certificates

SYNTAX:
tls acs-client cert list [index = <number>] [expand = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: index expand Certificate index Display more information OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

782

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

TLS COMMANDS

tls https-server cert add


Add a new certificate

SYNTAX:
tls https-server cert add where: filename name of the certificate file REQUIRED filename = <string>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

783

TLS COMMANDS

tls https-server cert delete


Delete a certificate

SYNTAX:
tls https-server cert delete where: index Certificate index REQUIRED index = <number>

784

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

TLS COMMANDS

tls https-server cert list


List certificates

SYNTAX:
tls https-server cert list [index = <number>] [expand = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: index expand Certificate index Display more information OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

785

TLS COMMANDS

tls https-server config


Display/modify tls settings

SYNTAX:
tls https-server config [state = <{disabled|enabled}>] [auth-client = <{disabled|enabled}>] [valid-date = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: state auth-client valid-date SSL/TLS server for HTTPS state Request client authentication Check certificate validity date OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

786

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

TLS COMMANDS

tls remote-upgraded cert add


Add a new certificate

SYNTAX:
tls remote-upgraded cert add where: filename name of the certificate file REQUIRED filename = <string>

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

787

TLS COMMANDS

tls remote-upgraded cert delete


Delete a certificate

SYNTAX:
tls remote-upgraded cert delete where: index Certificate index REQUIRED index = <number>

788

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

TLS COMMANDS

tls remote-upgraded cert list


List certificates

SYNTAX:
tls remote-upgraded cert list [index = <number>] [expand = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: index expand Certificate index Display more information OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

789

TLS COMMANDS

tls remote-upgraded config


Display/modify tls settings

SYNTAX:
tls remote-upgraded config [state = <{disabled|enabled}>] [auth-serv = <{disabled|enabled}>] [valid-date = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: state auth-serv valid-date SSL/TLS client for remote upgraded state Request server authentication Check certificate validity date OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

790

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

TLS COMMANDS

tls self cert list


List certificates

SYNTAX:
tls self cert list [index = <number>] [expand = <{disabled|enabled}>] Display/modify upgrade settings = <{disabled| enabled}>

where: index expand Display/modify upgrade settings Certificate index Display more informationCommand: upgrade config Syntax : config [enable = <{no|yes}>] [attempt = <|yes}>] >] [trace_level = <] >] >] [acsContactTimeout = <>] OPTIONAL OPTIONAL REQUIRED

SYNTAX:
tls self cert list [enable = <{no|yes}>] [attempt = <|yes}>] [trace_level = <] >] [acsContactTimeout = <>]

where: enable attempt trace_level acsContactTimeout Enable firmware upgrade Track the number of upgrade attempts Set the trace level Set acsContactTimeout (minutes) OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

791

UPGRADE COMMANDS

792

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

UPGRADE COMMANDS

upgrade Commands
upgrade debug config upgrade image list upgrade image modify upgrade lastUpgradeInfo Display debug parameters List images Change image parameters Display last upgrade information see page 794 see page 795 see page 796 see page 797

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

793

UPGRADE COMMANDS

upgrade debug config


Display debug parameters

794

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

UPGRADE COMMANDS

upgrade image list


List images

SYNTAX:
upgrade image list [maxage = <number{60-999999}>] [writemode = <{full|natonly|readonly}>] [safenat = <{disabled|enabled}>] [preferredaddresses = <string>] [upnpautosave = <{disabled|enabled}>] [dslfautosave = <{disabled|enabled}>] [autosavedelay = <number{30-45}>] [onlydefault = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: maxage writemode safenat preferredaddresses upnpautosave dslfautosave autosavedelay onlydefault ssdp advertisements MAX-AGE (default = 1800) Configuration access level for UPnP Enable / disable check on safe nat entries (limited to own host) CSV list of preferred ip addresses for UPnP (1 per lan ipinterface) Enable / disable upnp auto save Enable / disable TR-064 auto save Auto save delay time (sec) Only advertise the default WAN connection OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

795

UPGRADE COMMANDS

upgrade image modify


Change image parameters

SYNTAX:
upgrade image modify [url = <quoted string>] [username = <string>] [password = <string>] [key = <string>]

where: url username password key Image location URL HTTP authentication username HTTP authentication password Image identifier OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

796

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

UPGRADE COMMANDS

upgrade lastUpgradeInfo
Display last upgrade information

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

797

UPNP COMMANDS

798

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

UPNP COMMANDS

upnp Commands
upnp debug nonce upnp debug traceconfig upnp flush upnp list upnp listmask To re-generate the nonce string. Enable or disable tracing. Flushes upnp config (i.e. to defaults) List all registered devices List all mask and security devices see page 800 see page 801 see page 802 see page 803 see page 804

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

799

UPNP COMMANDS

upnp debug nonce


To re-generate the nonce string.

SYNTAX:
upnp debug nonce [type = <{upnp|tr64|wfa}>] Add a user. = <{upnp|tr64|wfa}>

where: type Add a user. Specify device type for nonce stringCommand: user add Syntax : add name = <string> password = <password> role = <> [hash2 = <string>] [crypt = <string>] [descr = <quoted string>] [defuser = <{disabled|enabled}>] [defremadmin = <{disabled| enabled}>] [deflocadmin = <{disabled|enabled}>] OPTIONAL REQUIRED

SYNTAX:
upnp debug nonce name = <string> password = <password> role = <> [hash2 = <string>] [crypt = <string>] [descr = <quoted string>] [defuser = <{disabled|enabled}>] [defremadmin = <{disabled|enabled}>] [deflocadmin = <{disabled|enabled}>]

where: name password role hash2 crypt descr defuser defremadmin deflocadmin User name. User password. Role name. The MD5 hash. The crypt password. User description. Set this user as the default user. Set this user as the default remote administrator. Set this user as the default local administrator. REQUIRED REQUIRED REQUIRED OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

800

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

UPNP COMMANDS

upnp debug traceconfig


Enable or disable tracing.

SYNTAX:
upnp debug traceconfig where: level Set the tracelevel (0-2) OPTIONAL [level = <number>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

801

UPNP COMMANDS

upnp flush
Flushes upnp config (i.e. to defaults)

802

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

UPNP COMMANDS

upnp list
List all registered devices

SYNTAX:
upnp list where: verbose Verbose level (default = 1) OPTIONAL [verbose = <number{0-2}>]

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confidential information. Passing on and copying of this document, use, extraction and communication of its contents, is not permitted without written authorization from Technicolor.

803

UPNP COMMANDS

upnp listmask
List all mask and security devices

804

DMS-CTC-20101206-0049 v1.0.Copyright 2011Technicolor. All rights reserved. This document contains Technicolor proprietary and confid